Ministry of Finance and Development Planning Bureau of Statistics

P.O. 455, Maseru 100, Lesotho

Kingdom of Lesotho

2006 Lesotho Population and Housing Census Administrative and methodology Report

Volume 1

Maseru, January 2011

Ministry of Finance and Development Planning Bureau of Statistics

P.O. Box 455, Maseru 100, Lesotho

Tel (266) 22323852 or (266) 22326393 Fax (266) 22310177 website: http//www.bos.gov.ls

Mission: To Coordinate the National Statistical System (NSS) and produce accurate, timely, reliable, culturally relevant and internationally comparable statistical data for evidence based planning, decision making, research, policy, program formulation and monitoring and evaluation to satisfy the needs of users and producers.

i

PREFACE The 2006 Population and Housing census marked another important milestone in the history of census taking in this country. At the end of census undertaking, the data is processed, analyzed and production of census Analytical reports. The Census Administrative report is an important Volume of the census reports as it documents detailed information on the methodological procedures and the experiences at the various stages of the census operation. Altogether, the 2006 Population and Housing Census reports were organized in seven volumes namely:

a) Volume I Census Administration and Methodology report b) Volume II Census Tables c) Volume IIIA Population Dynamics d) Volume IIIB Socio Economic Characteristics e) Volume IIIC Population Projections f) Volume IIID Population Atlas g) Volume IIIE Village List

The planning, organization, and implementation of the 2006 Population and Housing Census built upon the lessons learned from previous censuses so as to improve upon the census processes and results. This report provides a detailed documentation on every aspect of the 2006 Lesotho Population and Housing Census planning and operations, including fieldwork, data processing and analysis, evaluation and dissemination of the results. Therefore, this report provides a repository of institutional memory for reference in planning towards a successful undertaking of the next census. As a consequence, the lessons learned and the recommendations arising from the evaluation of the different phases will guide proper preparations for the 2016 census. The 2006 Lesotho census used the new technologies of GIS for demarcation of enumeration areas and scanning for data capture. The experiences in the use of technologies are carefully documented. For the first time in census undertaking, the Bureau of Statistics, through the assistance of European Union and UNFPA engaged a Census Technical Adviser throughout, and that added a lot of value to the census operations. This report was made possible through the joint effort of several individuals whose contributions are hereby appreciated. The Director Bureau of Statistics gratefully acknowledges the assistance of all: individuals, Government Ministries, Departments, institutions and all others who contributed towards the success of this important exercise. Mention has to be made of the following Organizations that provided financial and technical assistance, namely: UNFPA, UNDP, EU and DCI. Lastly the BOS is grateful to its own staff that had to put so much towards the success of this government project. The team spirit which they displayed and their devotion to duty paid good dividend in this substantive contribution towards the national development effort. Liengoane Lefosa Director Bureau of Statistics Maseru December 2010

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS Title Page Preface i Table of Contents ii CHAPTER 1: GEOGRAPHY 1.1 Location, Area, and Topography 1 1.2 Climate 1 1.3 River and Road Networks 2 1.4 Hydrology and Hydrogeology 3 1.5 Agro-Ecological Zones 5 1.6 Administrative Divisions 6 1.7 Economic overview 8 CHAPTER 2: HISTORY OF POPULATION CENSUS TAKING IN LESOTHO 2.1 Previous Censuses - 1875 – 1996 10 2.2 The 2006 Population and Housing Census 11 2.3 Challenges and Recommendations 13 CHAPTER 3: PLANNING AND METHODOLOGY OF THE 2006 POPULATION CENSUS 3.1 Introduction 15 3.2 Census Committees 17 3.3 Census Organizational Structure 21 3.4 Design and Testing of Questionnaires 23 3.5 Printing of Census Questionnaires 27 3.6 Census Publicity 27 3.7 Logistic Arrangements 35 3.8 Selection and Recruitment Census Personnel 37 3.9 Training of Census Functionaries 38 3.10 Quality Control 40 CHAPTER 4: CENSUS CARTOGRAPHIC WORK 4.1 Introduction 41 4.2 Organizational and Institutional Arrangements 41 4.3 Recruitment and Training 44 4.4 Enumeration Area Demarcation 45 4.5 Control Process 47

iii

4.6 Household Listing 47 4.7 Cartographic Work Constraints 48 4.8 Challenges and Recommendations 48 CHAPTER 5: CENSUS ENUMERATION 5.1 Distribution of Census materials 49 5.2 Deployment of Census Personnel 49 5.3 Census Enumeration 49 5.4 Retrieval and Storage of Questionnaires 50 CHAPTER 6: COMPILATION AND PROCESSING OF CENSUS DATA 6.1 Introduction 52 6.2 Overview 52 6.3 Problems Experienced During Scanning 53 6.4 Census Questionnaires Storage 54 6.5 Tabulation Plan 55 6.6 Recommendations 55 CHAPTER 7: POST ENUMERATION SURVEY OF THE 2006 POPULATION CENSUS

7.1 Introduction 56 7.2 PES as an Evaluation Tool 56 7.3 The Objectives of the PES 56 7.4 Organization of the PES 56 7.5 The PES Sample design 56 7.6 PES Instruments 58 7.7 Field Work 59 7.8 Matching Exercise 62 7.9 Field Reconciliation 62 7.10 Data Processing 63 7.11 Data Analysis and Report Preparation 63 CHAPTER 8: EVALUATION, ANALYSIS, DISSEMINATION AND PUBLICATION OF DATA 8.1 Introduction 65 8.2 Evaluation of Census Process and Results 65 8.3 Preparatory phase 65 8.4 Internal Audit activities 66 8.5 Findings 67 8.6 Census Cartography 73 8.7 Evaluation of census data 75 8.8 Analysis of Data 75 8.9 Dissemination and Publication plan of census results 78

iv

8.10 Publication Plan 79 8.11 Census data utilization 80

CHAPTER 9: BUDGET AND EXPENDITURE 9.1 Introduction 82 9.2 Terms of reference of Accounts staff 82 9.3 Census budget plan 82 9.4 Challenges encountered during census operation 83 CHAPTER 10: CHALLANGES AND RECOMMENDATIONS 10.1 Introduction 84 10.2 Challenges 84 10.3 Recommendations 86 References 89 APPENDICES Annex I Workplan by output and major and sub – activities 90 Annex 2 2006 Population and Housing census Training Manual 99 Annex 3 2006 Population and Housing Listing Form 102 Annex 4 Census Supervisors Manual 103 Annex 5 Instruction to Enumerators 113 Annex 6 Census household Questionnaire 168 Annex 7 Institution Questionnaire 179 Annex 8 Cattle post Questionnaire 181 Annex 9 Calendar or Events 183 Annex 10 Editing and Coding Manual 195 LIST OF TABLES Table1.1: Household Main Source of Income 9 Table1.2: GDP and GNI at Constant 1995 Prices (annual changes in percent) 9 Table 3.1: Number of Constituencies, Training Centres, Enumerators and Supervisors by District 39 Table 5.1: Distribution of Census Field Personnel by District 49 Table 7.1: Distribution of the Strata 58 Table 7.2: Distribution of the deployed PES Personnel 61 Table 8.1: Double payment of the Enumerators and Supervisors 72 Table 8.2: Dissemination workshops and seminars on data utilization Schedule for 2006 Population and Housing Census 79 Table 8.3: Publication schedule for 2006 Population and Housing Census Results 80 Table 8.4: Census data utilization research topics and organizations Where the Researchers came from 81

v

Table 9.1: 2006 Population and Housing Census expenditure reports 82 Table 10.1: Recommended questions on deaths in the past 12 months 88 LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1.1: Road Network: Lesotho 2006 3 Figure 1.2: The Drainage Pattern of Lesotho 4 Figure 1.3: Agro-Ecological Zones, Lesotho 6 Figure 1.4: Administrative Units and Urban Centres, Lesotho 7 Figure 4.1: An Enumeration Area Map 47 LIST OF ACRONYMS

ABBREVIATIONS

TITLE

ASD

African Statistic Day

vi

BOS

Bureau of Statistics CC

Census Commissioner

CLC

Census Logistic Committee CPC

Census Publicity Committee

CSC

Census Steering Committee CSpro

Census Survey and Processing System

CST

Country Support Team CTA

Census Technical Advisor

CTC

Census Technical Committee CWIQ

Co-Welfare Indicator Questionnaire

DCC

Deputy Census Commissioner DCs

District Coordinators

EA

Enumeration Area FAO

Food Agricultural Organisation

GDP

Cross Domestic Product GIS

Geographic Information System

GNI

Gross National Income GPSs

Global Position Systems

HR

Human Resource IEC

Independent Electoral Commission

IT

Information Technology ITPD

Information Technology Production and Dissemination

LDS

Lesotho Demographic Survey MDGs

Millennium Development Goals

MOFDP

Ministry of Finance and Development Planning MOS

Major of Size

PES

Post Enumeration Survey PPS

Probability Proportion to Size

PRS

Poverty Reduction Strategy PS

Principal Secretary

RSA

Republic of South Africa SA

Supervisory Areas

SADC

Southern African Development Community SMT

Senior Management Team

SPSS

Soft Package for Social Science SRV

Senqu River Valley

UNFPA

United Nation Population Fund UNICEF

United Nations Children Fund

WHO

World Health Organization

1

CHAPTER 1:

GEOGRAPHY 1.1 Location, Area, and Topography Lesotho is a mountainous African country completely landlocked by one country – the Republic of South Africa (RSA). It is located between southern latitudes 28º and 31º and longitudes 27º and 30º. It covers a land/surface area of approximately 30,350km². The whole country is at high altitudes with the lowlands beginning at 1,400m while the highlands occur above 2,300m with the highest altitude at the peak of Thabana-Ntlenyana Mountain in the Drakensberg Range at 3,482m. The craggy mountain terrain, constituting about two thirds of the total land area, makes some parts of the country arduous to access by vehicle, thus horses are usually resorted to as an alternative mode of transport. The spatial distribution of the villages in the highlands is usually scanty and secluded owing to some uninhabitable parts of the highlands. In such areas, movement from one area to another usually takes a long time and is sometimes dangerous for census personnel if unaccompanied. Cooperation for security by the chiefs and villagers is normally sought through publicity campaigns in order to avoid such perils. 1.2 Climate The climate of Lesotho is primarily influenced by its location in the Karoo basin. The winter season, which occurs between May and August, are generally dry and cold. During this period precipitation is mainly in the form of snow which is experienced mainly in the highlands, and sometimes even in the lowlands, as well. Summer seasons are hot and slightly humid. The combination of the country’s topography and convection currents of moist tropical air masses from the north produce rains that constitute on average 85 percent of the country’s total annual precipitation. During the summer months, clouds cover for most of the days, ranging from partly cloudy to overcast conditions, normally with showers widespread over the country. Occasionally, short and intermittent thunderstorms and hailstorms with strong winds are also common during this season. Spatially, rainfall is highly variable. Annual rainfall is higher in the eastern escarpment, which forms a border with RSA. It is lower in the Senqu River Valley, though the major part of the runoff from the eastern escarpment flows into the Senqu River Valley. Rainfall also varies from one year to another though most of it comes during the seven-month of the wet season from October to April. The peak rainfall period is experienced from December to February. In general Lesotho enjoys relatively low humidity and very clean air. The mean annual temperatures range from 7ºC in the highlands to 15 ºC in the lowlands. The month of January usually records the highest mean maximum temperatures throughout the country, ranging from 20 ºC in the highlands to 32 ºC in

2

the lowlands. On the other hand, the mean minimum temperatures at freezing point (0 ºC) are common in June, the coldest month, with the monthly mean temperatures ranging from -8.5 ºC to -6 ºC in the highlands and from -3 ºC to -1 ºC in the lowlands. On average, frost occurs in the lowlands between mid-May and early September, while in the highlands, it occurs between mid-February and mid-November. Between mid-May and early September it is risky for field vehicles to be on duty anytime between sunset and a few hours after sunshine when tarred roads in the highlands are occasionally covered with frost, with some places receiving only a few hours of sunshine during this period of the year. The extreme and harsh climatic conditions can seriously impede census undertakings. 1.3 River and Road Networks Due to the nature of Lesotho’s rough and undulating terrain, census canvassing and the actual census enumeration processes become difficult and sometimes time-consuming tasks - the 2006 Population and Housing Census is no exception in this regard. During the rainy season (late 2005 to early 2006) big rivers such as Senqu were impossible to cross at most crossings and as such some areas became temporarily inaccessible – Fig 1.1. The road network (Fig 1.1) is poor and in some places non-existent, especially in the ‘Mountains’ agro-ecological zone (Fig 3) areas. In places where road transportation is unavailable, horses become the primary mode of transportation. Enumerators either had to walk or ride horses over several kilometers from one village to another. To reach most of the enumeration areas in the Senqu River Valley zone, even during the dry season, it is normal practice to get across the Senqu River in a small oar-propelled boat. This mode of transportation across Senqu River and across some of the big rivers in Lesotho is very prone to accidents. These conditions, in some cases, hinder the progress of the publicity campaigns and the enumeration process in such areas.

3

Figure1.1: Road Network, Lesotho 2006

Source: Lesotho Ministry of Public Works and Transport 1.4 Hydrology and Hydrogeology There are three major drainage basins in Lesotho as shown in Fig 1.2 below. These are the: Senqu Basin, covering the major part of the drainage area of the country – from the

Foothills zone to the eastern boundary with RSA, with a drainage area of approximately 20,847km²

Mohokare Basin, with a drainage area of approximately 6,890km² in Lesotho, has the other side of the basin in the Free State Province in RSA and

Makhaleng Basin, with a drainage area of approximately 2,911km² spills into the Senqu Basin at a point where Senqu River leaves the country.

All these three major basins discharge water in the same south-easterly direction. The Makhaleng and Mohokare rivers ultimately spill water into the Senqu River,

4

respectively, at the border with RSA near Ha Rakoloi village in the Mohale’s Hoek district and at the Gariep Reservoir at Bethulie in RSA. Figure1.2: The Drainage Pattern of Lesotho

Source: Lesotho Ministry of Public Works and Transport Similar to the annual temporal variations of the weather pattern in Lesotho, the annual water discharge volumes from these drainage basins also vary seasonally. On average 75 percent of the annual discharge volume of the Senqu River at Oranjedraai occurs during the wettest months from November to April. Where Mohokare River leaves Lesotho near Ha Seeiso in the Mafeteng district, 84 percent of the annual discharge volume of Mohokare River occurs also during the same period.

5

1.5 Agro-Ecological Zones Lesotho has some variations is geomorphology and topography and is divided into four agro-ecological zones as shown in Figure 1.3 below. These are: Lowlands The Lowlands zone comprises of all territory estimated between altitudes of 1,400m and 1,800m. This zone occupies a narrow strip of land along the western border and covers approximately 5,200km², comprising 17 percent of the total horizontal land area of Lesotho. 58 percent of the country’s population resides in the lowlands. The highest population densities also occur in this zone and it’s also the zone with the largest agricultural land. The northern and central lowlands are characterized by large deposits of rich volcanic soils, while the southern lowlands are characterized by poor soils and low rainfall. Foothills The Foothills zone lies between 1,800m and 2,000m above sea level and is sandwiched between the Lowlands and the Mountains zones. This zone is a narrow strip of land comprising about 15 percent of the total horizontal land area and is home to about 12percent of the country’s population. It is characterized by animal husbandry and crop farming, with very fertile land associated with high agricultural productivity. Mountains The Mountains zone lies at 2,300m above sea level. This area mainly comprises of the Maluti mountains, with about 18,047km² of the Drakensberg range. This zone is extensively dissected by the upper-and-shorter-length of the Senqu River and its tributaries. Most of these rivers drain in the north-south and north-east to south-west directions. The plateaus of this zone are rich in mountain wetlands, which form an important source of Southern Africa’s water resources. This zone is home to about 22.8 percent of the country’s population and yet covers approximately 59 percent of the total horizontal land area. It is characterized by steep topography of deep river valleys, gorges, and gullies and thin dark soils over basalt bedrock (though occasionally, especially in the south-eastern parts of the country, sandstone bedrock can be sparsely located). Agriculturally it is used mainly as rangeland. Most of the country’s major river sources are found in this zone. Occasionally, cultivated strips of land cling precariously to the steep mountain slopes.

6

Figure1.3: Agro-Ecological Zones, Lesotho

Source: Lesotho Ministry of Public Works and Transport Senqu River Valley The Senqu River Valley zone penetrates deeply into the highlands, reaching lower parts of the main tributaries of the Senqu River. This zone is home to about 7 percent of the country’s population and constitutes about 9 percent of the total horizontal land area. This zone’s altitude and climate does not differ much from those of the Lowlands zone. The soils of the Senqu River valley vary from rich to very poor, making this zone the most agriculturally unproductive region in the country. 1.6 Administrative Divisions Administratively, Lesotho is divided into 10 districts as shown in Fig 1.4 below. Each district has one or more Gazetted urban centres (Fig 1.4), where conventionally most of the civil services are rendered and from where much of government administration

7

is centred. Only recently in 2005 did the country embarked on a decetralisation dispensation and held its first Local Government elections in response to a need to decentralize the services and some of the administrative functions. Maseru City, located along the western border with RSA is the capital of Lesotho. The lower level of political governance administration is at the electoral constituency level, where the total number of electoral constituencies – Fig 1.4, in the last 20 years, has changed from 60 to 80. The Local Government Community Councils (see Fig 4) form the lowest level of political governance administration. There are 128 community councils demarcated within the constituencies and districts. Figure1.4: Administrative Units and Urban Centres, Lesotho

Source: Lesotho Ministry of Public Works and Transport

8

Within these political administrative units are chieftainship boundaries comprising of wards, which are made up of clusters of villages referred to, in Sesotho, as “libaka/litikoloho (areas) tsa puso”. These areas are made up of individual villages and a combination of villages (and sub-villages in some instances). Each area in each level of chieftaincy administration is headed by a chief beginning with the village chiefs at the lowest level to the ward chiefs who are directly answerable to His Majesty the King. There are 22 wards in total and a corresponding number of ward chiefs. The demarcation of enumeration areas (EAs) took into account all these political governance administrative boundaries in order to conform to the country’s general practice as far as data generation and reporting units are concerned. Such a consideration is essential for planners and for data sharing with statistical data/information users and for ease of merging statistical data/information with other forms of data in the country. 1.7 Economic overview Lesotho is a developing country with limited resource endowments. The country is still predominantly rural in character with about 74 percent of the population living in rural areas. A large proportion of the population depends on subsistence farming characterised by very low productivity. The average maize yield for the past 10 years has been estimated at less than 1MT/Ha1. In general the agriculture sector continues to face serious challenges such as adverse weather conditions, limited arable land and expensive agricultural inputs. Another key factor to poor agricultural performance is the high level of HIV infection, which reduces the labour potential of rural households. Many of the rural population engaged in agriculture are either sick or looking after the sick or orphaned children, while infected workers in other economic sectors return to agriculture when they are retrenched. The major crops produced comprise maize, sorghum, wheat, peas and beans while livestock include cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, horses and donkeys as well as poultry. The economy has always benefited from labour export to South African mines through remittances from migrant mine workers. However, the number of Basotho employed in the South Africa mines declined from about 65,000 in 2000 to about 52,500 in 2005. Despite the decline in the number of mine workers, average earnings increased by 53.1 percent during that period. On the other hand, employment in the manufacturing sector has been increasing steadily since the establishment of the textiles and clothing factories reaching about 50,600 in 2004. After a decrease in 2005 mainly due to the closure of some textile and clothing companies as a result of the termination of the Agreement on Textiles and clothing at the end of 2004, the employment in manufacturing has partially recovered and stood at about 47,000 at the end of 2006. 1 MT/Ha refers to Metric Tones per hectare

9

Source: 2002/03 and 1994/95Household Budget Surveys Table 1.1 reflects the changing pattern as regards sources of income. The relative importance of migrant workers’ remittances has dropped from 23 percent to 11 percent from 1994/95 to 2003/04. While agriculture was the most important source of income in 1994/95, wages and salaries was recorded as the most important source in 2002/03. Table1. 2: GDP and GNI at Constant 1995 Prices (annual changes, percent) 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 GDP 1.8 2.9 2.7 4.2 2.9 7.2 GNI -0.9 1.3 5.4 7.9 5.5 3.1

GDP = Gross Domestic Product GNI = Gross National Income The average annual GDP growth rate was close to 3 percent during the years 2001-2005. A considerable growth in 2006 may be explained by a recovery in the clothing and textiles industry as well as by a growth in diamond production. The latter also contributed significantly to the growth in 2004 and counterbalanced a decline in clothing and textiles in 2005. Lesotho’s GNI is considerably larger than its GDP. This reflects the significance of the income of migrant mine workers. Variations in that income explain the difference between the growth rates in GDP and GNI.

Table 1.1: Household Main Source of Income Main Source of Income 1994/95 (percent) 2002/03 (percent) Agriculture/Livestock 35.9 25.4 Other Business 8.7 9.1 Wages/Salaries in Cash 27.8 40.3 Migrant Workers Remittances 23.3 10.7 Pensions and inheritances 1.1 2.3 Other 3.3 12.2 Total 100.0 100.0

10

CHAPTER 2:

HISTORY OF POPULATION CENSUS TAKING IN LESOTHO 2.1. Previous Censuses - 1875 - 1996 The first Population Census of Lesotho was undertaken in 1875, and during that time, it was called census count because the enumerators were just expected to visit and count persons within the households. Subsequent censuses were undertaken at irregular intervals during the years, 1891, 1904, 1911 and 1921. In 1936 the Basutoland government, decided to adopt a new programme of decennial censuses. As a consequence, from 1936 censuses became a decennial exercise with subsequent censuses undertaken in 1946, 1956, 1966, 1976, 1986, 1996 and the most recent one of 2006. It is worth noting that all countries (including Lesotho) in Southern Africa under the British administration were adviced to conduct their censuses during the same period. However, it was not possible for all the countries to abide by this rule due to peculiar circumstances faced by the various countries. During the preparations for the 1956 census, the Lesotho government had decided to make some improvements in the conduct of census; hence most of the suggestions were adopted during the 1966 census undertaking. Most of the censuses prior to 1966 did not adopt the modern scientific methods of data collection. For instance, instead of enumerators visiting households as it is done in modern censuses, the earlier censuses adopted the assembly method of enumeration or simply rough estimates of the total population or in some cases the combination of both methods. With these methods, the household members were requested to assemble at an assembly point, such as the Chief’s place, to be counted. The 1966 census came up with the new improvements such as:

Besides disaggregating the census data by the nine administrative districts only, data was also disaggregated down to the sixty electoral constituencies;

Disaggregation of data down to the twenty four wards and the 202 livestock dip tank areas;

The concept of clearly delimited enumeration areas within well-defined electoral constituencies was used for the first time.

Since independence in 1966, the Government of Lesotho, through the department of the Bureau of Statistics (BoS), has successfully conducted four modern population censuses, in 1966, 1976, 1986 and 1996 under the mandate of the Statistics Act of 1965. Unlike with these other scientifically undertaken censuses, the 2006 census was undertaken under the mandate of the 2001 Statistics Act.

11

2.1.1. Objectives of the past four censuses – 1966 - 1996 The main objectives of these censuses were to:

Determine the size and distribution of the population Determine the socio – economic characteristics of the population The rate and pattern at which the population was growing Evaluate quantitative changes in selected socio – economic characteristics of

the population and Evaluate progress towards the achievement of key population indicators as

recommended in various international conferences. 2.2 The 2006 Population and Housing Census The 2006 Population and Housing Census was scheduled for the period 09th April to 22nd April 2006. However, due to some constraints that hindered census operations, data collection was officially extended to 30th April. This census also differed from the previous four scientific or modern censuses in that; it used Geographic Information System (GIS) technology for delineation of the Enumeration Areas (EA’s). Furthermore, both the scanning technology and manual method for data processing were used. Moreover, the 2006 census was conducted according to the international standards recommended by the United Nations and the questionnaire was designed according to the agreement reached by the SADC member states while preparing for the 2000 – 2010 round of censuses. The purpose was to ensure comparability of data items across the Southern African sub – region and internationally. The 2006 census questionnaire also investigated similar variables as those during the past censuses, but with some modifications to suit the prevailing circumstances, which are required for monitoring and evaluating government programs. The method of data collection was similar to those used in the previous censuses, whereby the Enumerators visited every household within the Enumeration Areas (EA’s), and even the concepts were defined in the same manner. The purpose of this was to allow for comparability of data over a period of time. For recruitment of the personnel who were engaged in the activities of the census, the BoS for the first time utilized the expertise of the Human Resource personnel of the Ministry of Finance and Development Planning. This team was responsible for recruiting all the census personnel, and allocating them in their respective areas during training and data collection. While for identification of the training centres, distribution of the census materials and retrieval of questionnaires was the task of the Logistics committee, and this committee was also made up of personnel from other Government Ministries. Objectives of the 2006 Census The objectives of the 2006 census were to provide the Lesotho Government with updated and accurate data for planning and policy formulation, monitoring and

12

evaluation of population programmes. It was also meant to provide data that will be used to measure the achievements in the implementation of population policy. This was an additional objective to that mentioned for other censuses. The Importance of the 2006 Census The importance of the 2006 census is that it will provide data which will be used as a tool to measure, monitor and assess the development frameworks which include: Poverty Reduction Strategy (PRS), the Millennium Development Goals (MDG’s), Vision 2020, the National Population Policy and the National Development Strategy. All these are geared towards combating HIV and AIDS, poverty alleviation and food insecurity, reducing early age at first marriage, reducing infant, child and maternal mortality, reducing gender inequality and inequities including gender based violence, improving adolescent reproductive health and reproductive rights, reducing regional imbalances in development and improving service delivery through a policy of decentralization. The Goal of the 2006 Census The goal of the 2006 census was “to contribute to the improvement of life of the Basotho nation through the provision of up to date and reliable data for development planning, policy formulation and service delivery as well as for monitoring and evaluation of population and related programmes and projects” (2006 Census Project Documenmt:3). The 2006 Census outcome and outputs Outcome The outcome of the 2006 Census was “to contribute to the availability and accessibility of reliable data” (2006 Census Project Document:3). In order for the BoS to achieve this outcome, an implementation strategy for the census was developed to deliver the following outputs:

Outputs

1. Increased availability and accessibility of accurate, timely and reliable census data on demographic and socio – economic characteristics. Increased knowledge of data users and producers on population characteristics;

2. Increased utilization of census data by all stake holders; 3. Strengthened capacity of the BoS in planning, collection, analysis, processing and

dissemination of development data. To achieve the outputs, a number of activities and sub – activities were undertaken as outlined in the census work plan.

13

Types of data collected during the 2006 census Data was collected at the household level in all the ten districts, urban and rural, ecological zones, constituencies, community councils, wards and villages. Information collected during the 2006 census was similar to the one collected during the past censuses; with some modifications based on the demands from the data users, development partners and the government in order to evaluate and monitor the progress of the established frameworks mentioned earlier. Data collected can be summarized as follows: All residents within the country irrespective of nationality (i.e. the de facto

population) and all residents within the country and all Basotho nationals residing in other countries (i.e. the de jure population);

Characteristics of the household members: marriage, pregnancy, childbearing

experience, mortality, economic, education, disability, internal and international migration, housing and household amenities;

More information on disability than was collected during the 1996 census; Under fertility, the 2006 census added more information on pregnancy; Under education, the 2006 census added questions on school attendance from the

age of 2. Included also were questions on non-formal education, literacy card was used to test the respondent’s ability to read if the level of education is primary and a response category for persons with vision impairement was catered for.

The 2006 census was the first to have asked questions that would provide

maternal mortality rate using sisterhood method. Under mortality, questions on the causes of death were asked for the first time in

2006 census. 2.3. Challenges and Recommendations Challenges 1. The 2006 census engaged qualified staff for all the stages of its execution. For

example, for the delineation of the census Enumeration Areas (EA’s), GIS technicians were engaged and a GIS Company (Geo Space) was also contracted to conduct the GIS aspect of cartography and procure some GIS equipment. Similarly for the first time the scanning technology was used in order to speed up the data processing exercise and for efficiency in processing the data. As a consequence, BoS was expected to provide accurate and relevant data within a one-year period.

2. The decentralization of the administrative system, which led to the

establishment of 128 Community Councils spread within the 80 constituencies, poses a challenge for the BoS to provide relevant, accurate and

14

disaggregated data required for development planning by these lowest levels of administration.

3. The preparation of population projections that incorporate the impact of HIV and AIDS was imperative in order to produce plausible population estimates for the intercensal period.

Recommendations The BoS has successfully used GIS to delineate the census EA’s, and the scanning

technology in the processing of the 2006 census data. Given the challenge of high staff turn over, BoS should train more staff on the use of these technologies to reduce dependence on technical assistance.

15

CHAPTER 3:

PLANNING AND METHODOLOGY OF THE 2006 POPULATION CENSUS 3.1 Introduction The Legal Basis of the Census Statistics Act The BoS was established in 1965, and it was guided by the Statistics Act 1965. The Statistics Act in general, is established in order to set up a system for national official statistics on economic, social, demographic, including human resources, and environmental areas in relation to the development needs of Lesotho (Statistics Act 2001: 381). Therefore, the Statistics Act 1965 guided the conduct of the scientific censuses of 1966, 1976, 1986 and 1996. The censuses prior to these ones were either by the assembly method or simply rough estimates of the population or a combination of the two, and this was as specified under the legal basis then. In 2001, the 1965 Statistics Act was revised and it guided the conduction of the 2006 census. Both Statistics Acts provide that, the censuses in Lesotho be undertaken every ten years, and stipulate:

i). The functions and powers of the Agency designated to undertake population censuses; ii). That a Parliamentary Proclamation also spell out the objectives of the census; iii). The functions of different census committees in planning for the activities of the census; and

iv). That the Executive Order solicits the support of the District Administrators and Principal Chief. The procedure for the census undertaking is that before the census could be conducted, the Minister of Finance and Development Planning directs the Bureau of Statistics to conduct the census by notice in the Gazette. The Minister also proposes the dates for the census, and the type of information to be collected (2001 Statistics Act, (15:1,2) page 390). For the 2006 census, the Minister of Finance and Development Planning proposed that the census be undertaken from the 08th of April 2006 to the 30th of April 2006. The history of the census undertaking, which dates as far back as 1875 in Lesotho, has shown that every census is undertaken during this period. Census Proclamation and Executive Order Before the activities of the census can commence, the Principal Secretary (PS) of the Ministry of Finance and Development Planning, prepares the census Proclamation and Executive Order that informs the public about the conduct of the census. This proclamation is also done through the Gazette and in electronic print media.

16

The censuses prior to the 1966 were fully guided by the Proclamation alone and not the Statistics Act, and were conducted by the British Colonial Administration. By the proclamation, the office of the British High Commission was empowered to direct that the census be undertaken, and to also set a date for the census (Census 1966:12). This type of legal basis date as far back as 1904, and it guided the censuses of 1904, 1911, 1921, 1936, 1946 and 1956. The 1965 Statistics Act repealed this proclamation and the two Statistics Acts of 1965 and 2001 differ with the former in that:

1. They do not only cover the issue of the census undertaking but also cover the issue of data collection of varieous statistics;

2. Under these two Statistics Acts, the power for ordering the undertaking of the

census or the collection of any other statistics specified in the Act, is vested in the Minister of Finance and Development Planning;

3. These Acts also empowers the Director of the Bureau of Statistics on the

direction of the Minister to collect the series of statistics specified in the Act;

4. The 2001 Statistics Act also provides a detailed legal basis that goes along with the conduct of the census; describes the powers vested on appointed of census officials to collect information as stipulated in the Statistics Act 2001, and assures the public of the confidentiality of the information collected;

5. Since the census is a huge project that requires extensive funding, the

government alone cannot be able to execute it without Donor support. The census Proclamation and Executive Order of the 1966, 1986,1986 and 1996 censuses therefore:

(a) Empowers the Minister of Finance and Development Planning to request

necessary funding from the Parliament; and (b) Mobilize additional funding from Government and Donor agencies.

In preparation for the 2006 census, the Principal Secretary of the Minister of Finance and Development Planning, prepared the census Proclamation and Executive Order and submitted it to the office of the Minister of the same ministry in February 2005. In March 2005, the Minister of Finance and Development Planning approved it and he held the press conference in the same month. That approval formed the basis for the Government to conduct the 2006 census. This Proclamation listed the topics to be covered during the census, and it was published as (the Legal Notice of 2005 Population Census, Pursuant to section 15 of the Lesotho Bureau of Statistics Act of 2001). The Proclamation and Executive Order is attached as Appendix. Confidentiality During the training of census supervisors and enumerators, the trainees were introduced to the legal basis for the conduct of the census. As stipulated in the 2001 Statistics Act, subsection (2) and (4) of the section 20 page 393, and also in the Enumerators manual page 3, all information obtained from persons and household will be in strict confidence as required by the law (Statistics Act 2001). All information

17

will be used and made available to other persons in aggregate form only, and no individual information will be released to any one except to the BoS officials for the compilation of the required statistics. 3.2 Census Committees To facilitate the planning and management of the 2006 Census, various committees were formed and charged with specific responsibilities. The committees and their terms of reference are as follows: Census Steering Committee (CSC) The census steering committee was supposed to have a wide representation at the highest level of Government and main data users and producers. It had the responsibility 1) to provide general policy direction for the conduct of the census and 2) assists the Census Commissioner with mobilization of resources. However, very few organizations appointed some members to represent them. More than ten invitations were sent to different organization for nominees to join the Census Steering Committee (CSC), but the committee was composed of five members from BoS, one member from the Ministry of Health, one member from Lesotho Association of Teachers and one member from the Ministry of Natural Resources. This committee was established in March 2005. The committee held about three meetings in preparation for census. Problems encountered by the Census Steering Committee Ministries which nominated some officers to join the CSC required their only

nominee to represent them in three different Census Committees. This led to a problem whereby an appointee would turn up for only one or two census meetings thinking she/he has done all his/her job;

The terms of reference for the steering committee were not clear to the members;

moreover, there was no coordination between the BoS Senior Management Team (SMT) and this Committee. For instance, most of the agenda items discussed in the Steering Committee meetings were also discussed in Smt meetings hence duplication of efforts;

Some of the Steering Committee members got new jobs, and terminated their membership abruptly.

Census Technical Committee (CTC) The terms of reference for the Census Technical Committee were to: Design the census questionnaires and other control forms; Decide on the concepts and definitions to be adopted; Develop a Monitoring and Evaluation plan, as well as strategies for quality control

of cartographic work, training of census field staff, and enumeration;

18

Prepare a standard list of occupational and industrial classification codes; Draw up a detailed Census tabulation plan; Evaluate field returns from various pre-census activities such as Enumeration Area

Demarcation, testing of census instruments, and census publicity activities Participate in the analysis and interpretation of census results Census Publicity Committee (CPC) The terms of reference for the Census Publicity Committee included to: Enlighten the public on the purpose and importance of the census; Develop a culturally sensitive publicity strategies and appropriate messages to

mobilize the public for the census; Inform the public of the responsibilities as citizens/residents and solicit their

cooperation with census personnel especially in providing accurate information. Census Logistics Committee (CLC) Among other teams for the census was the Logistics Team which was build up in order to account for all logistics arrangements. The Team was made up of:

1. Five Logistics committee members, 2. Forty packaging Officers based at Bureau of Statistics Head Quarters. 3. Seventy two drivers from the government Ministries. There was also two other

logistics Personal in each of the nine districts.

Logistics team was responsible for; 1. Deciding on the logistics of distributing census materials and equipment to the districts. 2. Arranging for the production and distribution of identity cards for field personnel. 3. Maintaining and up-dating inventory of all census materials and equipment. 4. Arranging for the retrievals of census materials from the field to Head Quarters upon completion of enumeration. 5. Ensuring adequate and safe storage of census materials in particular the filled questionnaires. 6. Informing Chiefs and Headmen about census undertaking in their respective areas. 7. Allocating vehicles to various EA’s and census Management Teams at district, constituencies and enumeration area levels. 8. Supervision of the drivers 9. Maintaining the log books in consultation with the District Coordinator. 10. Maintaining of Government vehicles in collaboration with Imperial Fleet Services. 11. Maintaining communication with Headquarters. 12. Working in collaboration with Human Resource Manager.

19

Logistics arrangements were as follows The committee was supposed to arrange transport for Human Resource Officers, Logistic committee, enumerators, and Head of Enumerators to Training centres, hotels, Enumerators offices and villages in every constituency. The vehicles were 4*4 double cabs with canopies, Buses, Trucks and Helicopters. The 4*4 were supposed to be released by all Government Ministries to Ministry of Finance and Development Planning to reduce the costs, but they were not adequate so much that majority of them had to be hired from private companies. There was still a serious shortage of vehicles hence another directive was made to the Ministries to release vehicles, and this time the Ministries complied. There were 72 vehicles from Government, 96 from private suppliers. Moreover there were 53 private vehicles and 44 from Government Ministries for the Post Enumeration Survey (PES). The Logistics team made bookings of hotels from accommodation and arrangements of appointments with Districts Administrator s and Area Chiefs. They were also tasked with the responsibility of packing, distribution and delivery of materials. The transport arrangements were as follows:

1. Logistics Committee had to identify accommodation for enumerators and enumeration materials in all constituencies.

2. Human Resources Officers had to visit all districts to identify training centres using 4*4 vehicles.

3. Human Resource Officers had to secure training centres

4. Transportation of Enumerators to training centres was done using the buses

5. Allocation of transport to heads of Enumerators in each constituency.

6. To follow up on transport complement where needed.

7. Sourced helicopter services for hard to reach areas

8. To hire trucks for transportation of census materials.

Packing of training materials The Logistic Team was also to ensure printing, packing and distribution of materials to centres and constituencies. There were personnel who were supposed to pack and deliver materials by trucks and 4*4’s vehicles. Materials consisted of census documents, pens, rubbers, erases, torches, bags, torch batteries and Enumerators outfit.

20

Challenges The 2006 census was the first to engage Administration Office to handle Census logistics since they are responsible for the logistics of all events of the Ministry, and all members of the team were new to Census apart from members of the team in the districts, who were Statistics Field Officers, and were involved in the Bureau of Statistics previous censuses. Another challenge was to be able to talk to the District Administrators and Local Chiefs which was not easy since the activity included recruitment of staff of which everybody wanted that advantage of being responsible for recruitment. This made it very difficult in most areas because authority had to be sought to employ especially the students who had just sat for Form E exams, while Statistics requireded experienced people like Teachers and people with tertiary qualifications. There were some Enumerators who did not display good working conduct which led to them not being paid their wages.These were Enumerators who did not behave properly in the field and ended up quarreling with the Local Chiefs and the community .Some even went further to injuring the horses of the community that were hired for travel. Such cases gave the Logistics Team a lot of pressure of having to hold disciplinary hearings and negotiations with different parties. The rainy weather was also another challenge as it was very difficult to travel around especially in the mountains. Most of vehicles got stuck in the mud and some had problems so much that they had to be replaced, which was not easy even though there was contingency budgeted for. The most serious challenge was that, in the agreement, Government Ministries were supposed to release their 4*4 double cab vehicles to the Ministry of Finance and Development Planning to assist in achieving the proper undertaking of the National Census. All the necessary arrangements were made and for the hundred vehicles to be availed, but when the activity was about to start the Ministries did not provide the number of vehicles they were supposed to release. The Imperial Fleet Services which was the suppliers of fleet services to the Government was then consulted to supply extra number of vehicles on short term hire. This was not easy to the supplier since they had to call all Basotho who had the specified vehicles, in a very short notice. Lastly the census itself due to its complexity and magnitude was a biggest challenge as it was planned to be the best and most successful census of its kind.. Census Human Resource Team The Human resource team had the responsibility to identify, recruit suitable candidates for data collection and supervision and to deploy census personnel.

21

3.3 Census Organizational Structure The 2006 Census organizational structure is as shown in the chart below. The Minister of Finance and Development Planning, as Minister responsible for, among others Statistics had the overall responsibility of ensuring that the census was undertaken as scheduled. His major role was to seek Cabinet’s support through a Cabinet Memorandum detailing the objectives of the census, and highlighting some pertinent issues that will be covered and further solicited political support and cooperation. He further legalized the census through a proclamation and Executive order which effectively empowered him to mobilize resources both from Government and Development Partners. This Order was subsequently published in the Government Gazette. He presented the 2006 Census Strategy and Implementation Plan at a Donor Conference organized by the Ministry of Finance and Development Planning as part of resource mobilization. He updated the Cabinet and Members of Parliament on the proceedings of the census on a regular basis. The level of authority below the Honorable Minister is that of the Principal Secretary (PS) who provided policy guidance and was also responsible for resource mobilization. The PS facilitated procurement of Census materials and approved the budget including supplementary funding whenever there was a shortfall. The Principal Secretary also succeeded in mobilizing support and other resources including human and vehicles from other line ministries and District Administrators. The PS regularly informed the Honorable Minister on the day to day progress of the census activities and sought intervention whenever necessary. Furthermore, the PS provided information on a regular basis to the committee of Principal Secretaries which is

Census Enumerators

Census Assistant Supervisors

Constituency Census Supervisors

District Census Coordinators

Deputy Census Commissioner

Director, Bureau of Statistics (Census Commissioner)

Principal Secretary of Finance and Development

Honorable Minister of Finance and Development

22

chaired by the Government Secretary. He held regular meetings with the Census Committees and the Census Advisor provided by the EU to review progress, particularly during the preparatory stages of the census.

The third level of administration was that of the Director of Statistics who was appointed as the Census Commissioner (CC) by the Minister of Finance and Development Planning. The Census Commissioner provided policy guidelines, assisted with resource mobilization, reviewed and revised the Census Strategy and Implementation Plan and the budget. The CC held regular meetings with different committees and provided assistance when required. She mobilized Human Resources of different categories from the ministry of Finance and Development Planning and line Ministries. In addition to the already established Census Steering Committee and Census Technical Committee, she established Logistics committee that was responsible for all logistical requirements of the census e.g. identification of training centres, transport, delivery of census materials throughout the country etc; a Human Resource team whose responsibility was recruitment and deployment of census personnel and the Internal Audit team which was charged with the responsibility of evaluating the adequacy of the controls on processes and monitoring of the implementation and compliance with established procedures and recommended improvement on Risk Management and controls. The CC reported to the PS and provided both physical and financial report pertaining to census activities. She responded to issues and problems arising in the field and delegated some responsibilities to the Deputy Census Commissioner. She traveled throughout the country to hold meetings with District Coordinators and Constituency supervisors. The fourth level was that of the Deputy Census Commissioner (DCC) who was appointed by the Census Commissioner and was responsible for technical aspects of the census in terms of the Statistics Act of 2001. The Deputy Census Commissioner was fully responsible for the actual execution of the census, provided guidance and ensured that the various Census committees were established and functional. She constantly monitored the performance of the Census steering committee and the Census Technical Committee as well as various working groups established to ensure smooth and coordinated census activities. She reported to the Census Commissioner and acted as a link between various committees and the C C. At the fifth level were eleven District Coordinators (DCs). Each district except Maseru (that had two) was assigned one Coordinator who managed the census field operations in the district. The District Coordinator managed census field work in the district with the support of a team of Constituency Supervisors. The DCs were reporting to the DCC. At the sixth level, there were Constituency Supervisors (CSs), each of which worked with a group of Assistant Supervisors to ensure proper and complete coverage of census enumeration in the Constituency. Each CS was reporting to the District Coordinator who had the jurisdiction over his Constituency.

23

Each Assistant Supervisor was responsible for a Census Supervisory Areas (CSA’s) made up of between 4 to 6 EAs. Thus, an Assistant Supervisor directly supervised on average 5 Enumerators, ensuring that each Enumerator properly identified his/her EA and properly and completely enumerated the entire households within the boundaries of assigned EA. The Assistant Supervisor was reporting to the Constituency Supervisor. At the base of the organizational structure was the Enumerator who played the most critical role of administering the Census questionnaire in each household in his/her Enumeration Area. The Enumerator was expected to hand over properly completed questionnaires to his/her assistant Supervisor. 3.4 Design and Testing of Questionnaire Introduction In census undertaking, the first task is to identify users’ needs for national planning, and then design a tool which will respond to the needs of users. This tool which is a ‘census questionnaire’ is used to collect data. The type and structure of questionnaire, its format and the exact wording and arrangement of the questions require careful consideration. Among many factors that should be taken into account in designing a questionnaire, are method of enumeration, type of questionnaire, data to be collected, arrangement of the questions and the processing techniques to be employed. Consideration is also given to the fact that, the questionnaire must be manageable and easy to administer. This means in the event that data needs for planning require plenty of competing topics, then the questions would be included in the questionnaire by virtue of priority depending on the critical national data needs. Information that could not be included in the census questionnaire can then be collected through sample surveys. Planning and designing the questionnaire Prior to the setting up of the Census Technical committee (CTC), the Bureau of Statistics had sent Circulars to identify main users of census data, requesting them to suggest topics that would provide the most important information for policy formulation, implementation and monitoring of national programmes executed by their departments. Suggestions were received from various ministries. This led to the first draft of the questionnaire by BoS, which was circulated for comments. A user-producer workshop was held for discussion of the questionnaire. Thus by the time the C T C held its first meeting, enough information was available for discussion. Apart from the questionnaire, the committee developed two types of manuals; one for enumerators and the other for supervisors. The enumerators’ manual gave full explanation of the questions and how to ask them as well as options for responses in the questionnaire, while the one for supervisors gave guidance on checking whether the questionnaire was correctly filled.

24

Pilot Census The pilot census is usually conducted one year before the main census and was conducted in August 2005. It was an opportunity to test the census instruments, field procedures, logistics arrangements and data processing plans. The exercise covered 40 E A’s equally selected from a purposive sample of five districts –namely Mokhotlong, Leribe, Maseru (urban), Mohale’s Hoek and Quthing. The criteria for selection were based on the fact that, the ten districts of Lesotho are divided according to the four ecological zones, which are mountains, Lowlands, Senqu River Valley and the Foothills. These areas differ markedly in terrain, with the mountain areas having very difficult terrain that makes transport by vehicles difficult. Most of the mountain areas also have rivers like Senqu, Khubelu, Malibamats’o, Makhaleng, Tsoelike, Qhoali etc. These rivers have very few bridges; hence in most places crossing is usually by foot. Although there are some places where foot bridges have been built, such places are also very few. The urban area was chosen because it has its own unique feature whereby most of its inhabitants are working population. Enumeration in these areas is normally very slow as the workers leave home to their respective working places very early in the morning and come back home very late in the evening. In urban areas, enumeration is also characterisd by a high rate of refusals. Therefore, the criteria used for selection of the areas where the Pilot was conducted was such that, different settings were represented in the sample, so that over and above discovering the problems related to the questionnaire administration, the Enumerators would also have experienced the kind of problems they are likely to encounter during the main data collection. This ensured a richer feedback that helped in finalising the census planning. Objectives of the Pilot Census The objectives of the Pilot census were mainly to test the adequacy of the entire census plan and organization, the clarity of the questions, to estimate the time required for the entire enumeration and to estimate the average time spent in each household. It was also to identify possible problems the census field officers might experience during the actual census. Training for the Pilot Census Training of Trainers There were two training sessions, one for Training of Trainers and the other for the Enumerators. Training of Trainers was conducted from the 01st to 05th August 2005, at Khali Hotel. Fourteen (14) Trainers were trained, of which 3 were from the Department of Population and Manpower Planning (DPMP), 8 were from BoS, 2 came from the Ministry of Communications and 1 was from the Ministry of Agriculture/ Cooperatives and Land Reclamation.

25

During this training, trainees went over the census concepts and definitions, as well as the census questionnaire, in order to verify that they have been updated and that they conform to international standards. They also reviewed the census Enumerators and census Supervisors Manuals. Moreover, they were introduced to the techniques of data collection and problem solving during census undertaking. Training of the Enumerators Training of the Enumerators was held at Molengoane Lodge from the 08th August to the 17th August 2005. Forty (40) Enumerators were trained on the census Questionnaire, using Enumerators Manual. The Geo Space International Company also trained the Enumerators on how to use EA Maps, and how to identify the EA boundaries. Trainees were government officials from the Ministries of Communications, Agriculture, Cooperative and Land Reclamation, Natural Resources and Ministry of Justice, Human Rights and Rehabilitation and the Department of Population, Manpower and Planning. The majority of the trainees however, came mainly from the 4 Bos’s divisions of Agricultural and Environment, Demographic Labour and Social Statistics and Field Operations. The BoS senior staff from the five districts selected for the Pilot, namely, Maseru, Leribe, Mokhotlong, Mohale’s Hoek and Quthing also participated in this training. By the 13th August 2005, training on the questionnaire was completed, and on the 14th August, the Enumerators along with their Supervisors went to the field for practicals at Ha Molengoane village, where they tested the questionnaire. The two days (15th and the 16th August) were meant to review completed questionnaires from the field. The discrepancies observed were communicated to the Information Technology (IT) division of the BoS for correction. Also, the IT division scanned completed questionnaires and communicated the inconsistencies to the census Supervisors. Thereafter, proper adjustments were made on the questionnaire, and on the 18th August few questionnaires were printed for the Pilot census fieldwork. The Printing office of the BoS printed additional questionnairesr, and the Supervisors had to come back from their respective districts of supervision to collect the rest of the questionnares. Transport Transport arrangement for the Pilot census was made by the BoS Transport officer, and 10 private vehicles were secured for this exercise. The vehicles were hired from the districts which were selected for Pilot census. Data Collection for the Pilot Census Each district had 1 Supervisor and 7 Enumerators. Data collection took two weeks. The initial plan was for every Enumerator to administer Questionnaires in 20 households, making it 700 households in total. However, two of the five Supervisors did not attend the training, and towards the end of the training, they were replaced by two Enumerators. With this new arrangement, two of the districts were short of 1

26

Enumerator each. In order to cover the desired number of households, each Enumerator had to enumerate in 22 households instead of 20. On the 19th August 2005, the hired private vehicles for the Pilot census data collection assembled at the BoS at 8:00hrs am, and they were accompanied by an official from the Imperial Fleet Services. All field staff left for their respective districts of assignment around 4:00 pm on the same day after receiving their field work allowances. On the 20th August 2005, all Enumerators and their Supervisors began identification of the selected EA’s, and they also reported the type of work they were going to do in those areas to the Principal Chiefs, Area chiefs and Village chiefs of the areas selected. On the 21st August 2005, data collection commenced in all the areas, and this date was also identified as the reference Pilot census night. On Monday the 22nd August 2005, the Supervisors reported themselves to the District Administrators, and data collection was carried out in the selected households within the EA’s. Problems encountered during field work 1. The majority of government officials from different Ministries, who were also

members of the Census Committees, did not participate during the Pilot census survey, with the exception of 1 official from the Ministry of Justice, Human Rights and Rehabilitation. Two (2) officials from the Ministry of Communications, 1 official from the Ministry of Agricultural Cooperatives and Land Reclamation turned up for this activity.

2. Late payment of Field allowances delayed departure to different districts, and this created a lot of problems. For example, Mokhotlong and Leribe Teams experienced some problems with their vehicles on the way to their respective districts, and for security reasons, it was not safe for field officers to be waiting for vehicles replacing those that have problems until late at night. The Team for Mokhotlong in particular, had to postpone their trip to the next day.

3. BoS usually recommends that the Drivers engaged in fieldwork, should stay at the same place as the teambecause this will reduceproblems whereby Drivers delay fieldwork progress. If the drivers stay elsewhere, they tend to report to duty very late hence affects progress. The other case would be when the drivers encounter some problems with their vehicles wherever they were overnight, it delayed departure for field work the following day. Because there was no prior arrangement between BoS and Imperial Fleet Services on this matter, the Drivers did not stay where fieldwork staff stayed. This created problems for the fieldwork especially in Mohale’s Hoek district.

4. The other problem concerning hired vehicles was that some vehicle owners demanded that the mileage for their vehicles be recorded from their respective districts. This matter has to be discussed and cleared out with Imperial, because BoS records mileage only when the vehicles are under their control (at BOS offices).

27

Recommendations

It is recommended that the 2011 Lesotho Demographic Pilot Survey (LDS) be analysed in order to also check the validity of the questions asked from the Pilot testing. If this method is found to be reliable, it can then be adopted for the 2016 Population and Housing census. The final questionnaire After the pilot test, a postmortem meeting was held and the questionnaire was modified based on the experiences from the field. Data capturing was done through scanning to also pretest the scanning technology to be used for the main census data processing. Afterwards, a postmortem meeting for data processing was also held and from this meeting some of the questions had to be modified based on the problems encountered during scanning process. Thereafter the questionnaire was finalized and printed. The questionnaire had seventy questions consisting of ten pages. A comparison of the 2006 questionnaire and the one used in 1996 reflected some differences. The differences arose from the modifications made to some of the questions and inclusion of additional topics. The 1996 questionnaire had seven sections, while the 2006 questionnaire had nine sections. This was because two additional topics were included; which were ‘Disability’ and ‘maternal mortality’. The responses for 2006 questionnaire were pre-coded and shaded. In 1996 shading was not done; responses were only pre-coded. Shading had to be done because of the new technology of scanning of questionnaires. Questionnaire for Institutional and Cattle Post Population Apart from the detailed questionnaire which was administered to all regular households, two other questionnaires were designed; one questionnaire was used to enumerate institutional population and the other was used to enumerate cattle post population. The major characteristics emphasized in both questionnaires were; age, sex and citizenship. 3.5 Printing of Census Questionnaires The Census Questionnaires were printed by BoS, EPIC printers, Government Printers and Morija Printing works. Other census material such as manuals and calendar of events were printed by BoS. 3.6 Census Publicity Introduction Publicity is one of the very important tools for spreading knowledge about a certain event or activity. In this regard the BOSdeveloped a comprehensive programme of activities aimed at publicizing the 2006 Population and Housing Census. To ensure

28

the success of the Census publicity, relevant stakeholders were involved. Consequently, a Census Publicity Committee was established in March 2005 and was given the responsibility for the overall Census publicity. The aim was to develop appropriate strategies and culturally relevant messages to inform and mobilize the public for the Census exercise. Hence the terms of reference for the publicity committee were to; Publicize the census activities Play a leading role in bringing together different Ministries, so as to ease

communication between Enumerators and the public Sensitize the public about the activities of the census and its importance Objective of Census Publicity The main objective of census publicity was to educate every person within the country about the importance of the planned census undertaking, the role of the public and the types of information required from them. Also people were educated about the different phases of census implementation process and the dates around which different activities will happen. These were done to ensure that the masses fully cooperate and provide correct information to the field staff. Census Slogan and Logo The census slogan was designed in such a way that it stimulates the population into supporting the entire census project. The slogan that was suggested by the publicity committee was “Be counted and make a difference” and the Sesotho version was “Baloa o etse phethoho”. The slogan underwent scrutiny by the BoS management team who also passed it over to the Principal Secretary (PS) for comments. The PS approved the slogans which were then used in all the census publicity materials. The Census Logo which was designed by the ITPD division of BOS also underwent the same procedure of scrutiny and was approved by the PS Finance. Like the Census slogan, the logo was used in all the census publicity materials. Composition of the Publicity Committee The membership of the Publicity Committee was drawn from several government ministries, non-governmental organizations and other agencies and institutions. The Coordinating body and Secretariat of the Committee was the BOS. The following organizations had representatives in the Committee: The Bureau of Statistics; Ministry of Gender, Youth, Sports and Recreation; Ministry of Home Affairs and Public Safety; Ministry of Health and Social Welfare; Ministry of Finance and Development Planning; Ministry of Local Government; Lesotho Planned Parenthood Association; Lesotho Teacher’s Association.

29

The Ministry of Information and Broadcasting which was expected to play a key role in this process nominated a representative who never attended meetings. The Committee developed a countrywide advocacy and publicity strategy that was aimed among other things at: creating awareness and sensitizing the general public on the importance of the Census; getting buy-in from various government agencies; and, mobilizing community involvement in the project. The campaign was also to promote positive attitudes towards the Census through an advocacy and multi-media communications strategy. Census Publicity Work-plan The following is the work plan of publicity activities ACTIVITY TIME SCHEDULE Hold Meetings March 2005- Dec 2008 Establishment of a Census Publicity Committee, and appointment of members of the Committee

March – April 2005

Training workshop for Census Publicity Committee members

June 2005

Information and sensitization workshop to gain the commitment and support of senior government officials for the Census

November 2005

Organized information and sensitization workshop for district officials and local public figures in 24 wards

November 2005

Sensitizing the public about census by performing a brass band procession on Africa Statistics Day

Nov 2005

Information and sensitization workshop for media practitioners

February 2006

Networking with nongovernmental organizations, CCL, LCN and civil society.

January to February 2006

Design, test, produce and disseminate IEC materials February to March 2006 Produce and broadcast a radio drama serial December 2005 to

January 2006 Design, testing, and production of radio/TV jingles, ads Dec 2005 to March 2006 Production and distribution of banners, stickers, T-shirts, caps, billboards, posters

April 2006

Broadcast of radio/TV jingles, radio serials Jan to Apr 2006 Insert Census messages on civil servants’ payslips January to April 2006 Put stickers on vehicles January to April 2006 Mount banners April 2006 Organize radio and TV talk shows June 2005 to April 2006 Press release, press conference to launch Census by Minister of Finance and Development Planning

April 2006

Workshops on the promotion and dissemination of Census data.

August 2007 to August 2008

Evaluation of Census advocacy and publicity activities December 2008

30

Publicity Workshops The implementation of publicity strategy included a series of information and sensitization workshops at the national and district levels for senior government officials, local public officials and figures as well as media practitioners. The other dimension of the strategy was use of multi-media tools. The strategy was also to guide the development of activities in a manner that enabled all those involved with the management of the census to collectively reflect the messages, themes, tone, and style for the project. The publicity campaign was designed to run through the entire Census period, with varying emphasis as appropriate at each phase of the Census project. The last publicity activities were those related to the dissemination of the Census analytical reports. Specific activities were developed to reflect each major phase of the Census: preparatory work, Census enumeration (pilot and main data collection), and dissemination of Census preliminary and final results. The sensitization workshops were envisaged to play a pivotal role in the overall census project with the following objectives;

Provide an overview of the Census Project to key target groups, in particular, and the public at large;

To heighten general public awareness; and Gain consensus, buy-in and advocacy support from specific target groups.

Two sets of workshops were conducted. Information and sensitization workshop for senior government officials, district officials and local public figures This workshop was held in all districts during the African Statistics Day (ASD) celebration in November 2005 and some senior government officials, heads of departments, local government officials, traditional authorities, church leaders, community leaders attended.

As important decision-makers, their sustained support throughout the Census Project was solicited to create a conducive environment where people of all levels can fully discuss the census, their participation in its conduct, results and implications for the country’s development.

Information and Sensitization Workshop for Media Practitioners How the Census is presented to or seen by the public will be critical to its success. It was imperative to harness the media, as important gatekeepers and agenda setters in society, to positive popular attitudes towards the Census. A one-day workshop was held in Maseru and 30 media practitioners from a cross-section of the national media (public, private, print, radio, television, online) attended.

31

Production and Dissemination of Information and Publicity Materials The information and publicity strategy covered all types of relevant communication activities and channels likely to be supportive of the project, including:

Media work (media advisories, press releases, press briefings and conferences, talk shows, news stories in the mass media);

Adverts (jingles, and advertorials); Publications and publicity gadgets (pamphlets, posters, leaflets, stickers,

banners, T-shirts, caps); Drama (radio serials, ASD drama); Networking (nongovernmental organizations, churches).

Media Work A series of talk shows in different media was arranged for the Publicity Committee members and other BoS senior staff members. The programmes in which the committee members participated in were “Seboping” and “Re Khokhohanya Puo” for Radio Lesotho and “Rea Ribolla” for TV Lesotho. These programmes were done on several occasions at different phases of the project implementation process. Some of the programmes were phone-in whereby listeners called to ask questions and seek clarification on other issues relating to census. The most important media work done was the press conference by the Minister of Finance and Development Planning, Dr. Timothy Thahane. The conference was held 2 days before commencement of main data collection. In that conference he addressed both electronic and print media houses. He informed the public about the forthcoming census and its importance. He also sought cooperation of the nation and assured them of the confidentiality in the whole exercise as prescribed by the statistics Act of 2001. The climax of the Census Publicity and Advocacy efforts was the media coverage of the enumeration of the household of His Majesty, King Motlotlehi Letsie III on April 9, 2006. He called on every resident of Lesotho to make sure he/she was counted to make a difference. The enumeration of the households of the Prime Minister and his Deputy were also covered by the media and televised. They also reiterated the importance of the Census exercise and the need for cooperation with the Census enumerators. Pamphlets and their Distribution The pamphlets bearing census messages were written in both Sesotho and English. These were produced by some members of the Publicity Committee who were assigned the responsibility of designing the pamphlets. The reproduction of these pamphlets was done by the BoS printing unit. About 3,000 copies were printed. The distribution of the pamphlets was organized by the logistics committee in collaboration with the publicity committee. The materials were distributed throughout the country particularly during the trainings of the assistant supervisors and enumerators.

32

Banners and Posters The banners and posters were designed by different companies which were commissioned to do the work. There were 10 banners and 2,000 posters in all which were produced. The messages that were reflected on the banners and posters were agreed upon by the publicity committee and POP/IEC committee. The materials were distributed in all the districts by the publicity committee members. Prior to mounting of banners in the districts, permission was sought from the District Administrator’s office in each of the 9 districts. For Maseru district permission was sought from the Maseru City Municipality. The banners were then mounted two weeks before commencement of main data collection. The posters were also posted at schools, shops, government and non-government offices and other agencies. Drama and Adverts As mentioned earlier, the 2005 African Statistics Day (ASD) celebration was used as a publicity tool for the 2006 Census. Also the theme for that year’s ASD was the 2010 round of censuses hence it fitted well with the objective of the 2006 Census publicity objective. Although the celebration was undertaken in all the districts, only Maseru district had the opportunity of a live drama performance by Marotholi traveling theatre group. The drama delivered the 2006 Census messages. Also there was a drama series that ran for ten weeks on Radio Lesotho. It started in January and ended in March 2006. There were adverts and jingles broadcast on Joy FM which ran from March to April 2006 Census T-Shirts, Caps and Bags The Census Publicity committee designed and developed messages that were printed on t-shirts, caps and Census bags. Three companies were then engaged for the production of the Census caps, T-shirts and Bags. About 8,030 T-shirts, Caps and Bags each were produced and delivered to the BoS by suppliers in April. The distribution throughout the country was done in April by the logistics committee. For fairness in the engagement of the company to provide the census T-shirts, census Caps and census bags for the Field Officers, the BOS sent advertisement to the Newspapers in order for the selection of the most suitable Company.

33

TENDER NOTICE The Ministry of Finance and Development Planning through the Bureau of Statistics (BOS), will be conducting a Population and Housing Census in April 2006, which will be ten years since the last census in 1996. A number of awareness creation activities aimed at sensitizing and informing the public about the Census have thus been initiated. Some of these activities include procurement of publicity materials. Therefore the Bureau of Statistics (BoS) invites quotations for the design and supply of eight thousand and thirty (8,030) fieldwork bags for the enumerators that will be undertaking the Census in April 2006. Tender prices should be inclusive of VAT, and should be accompanied by certified copies of trader’s license, valid VAT and Income Tax clearance certified by Issuing Office, and should be deposited into the Tender Box, 3rd Floor, Government Complex Phase II, or send to:

The Secretary - CTB, P.O. Box 395, Maseru 100.

Tenders should be in sealed envelopes clearly market “Tender for the design and supply of Fieldwork -bags for the Enumerators – Bureau of Statistics” Deadline for submission of quotations is the 24th January 2006 before 12:00 noon. Interested suppliers should contact the chairperson of the Publicity Committee for details and further information at the following addresses: ‘Matlokotsi Makoa Matona Mafeka ‘Mamoliehi Khetsi Bureau of Statistics Bureau of Statistics Bureau of Statistics P.O. Box 455 P.O. Box 455 P.O. Box 455 Maseru 100 Maseru 100 Maseru 100 Lesotho Lesotho Lesotho Physical Address: Corner of Lesotho Sun Road and Palace of Justice Road BoS Telephone number: + 22323852

Email Address: demography@bos.gov.ls

Fax Number : + 22310177

T. Mabatla Secretary Central Tender Board

34

SPECIFICATIONS FOR FIELDWORK BAGS

Plain Black School bag with a large pocket in front where the census logo will be placed.

The census Logo has to be painted white, and below it census message “2006 Census, Palo ea Sechaba 2006” will be printed.

Other two small pockets at the two sides of the bag with zipper Attached to the bag should be a small bag for a water bottle.

The same tender notice was made for the census T-shirts and census Cricket hats. Networking with Government and Non-Governmental Organizations The Publicity Committee extended its collaboration beyond government confines. Apart from other government ministries who contributed in census publicity, there were also non-governmental key players in publicity Government Ministries The Ministry of Broadcasting and Communication gave free air time for

broadcasting Census drama series and adverts. The Ministry of Finance and Development displayed Census messages on

government employees’ pay slips from January to April 2006. Various Ministries contributed by displaying Census stickers on their vehicles to

inform the people about the census. Non-Government Agencies Through the Mabalane Taxi Association, stickers bearing census messages were put on public transport vehicles under the jurisdiction of their Association throughout the country. The charge for displaying the messages on vehicles was M350.00 per month per vehicle. About 200 vehicles were engaged for the months of March and April. Kou transport and Lekhooa transport also contributed abundantly with their public transport. Their contribution was offered free of charge. The Publicity Committee intended to bring aboard the Vodacom Lesotho, Econet and Lesotho Council of Churches. The intention was for the telephone companies to send census messages to their subscribers and for the council of churches to distribute pamphlets to their congregations. But due to poor communication, the participation of these agencies was never followed up. Impact of Census Publicity Activities The Minister’s speech about the census over the national radios and television and in the newspapers really triggered some interest and people started talking about the

35

census and when enumerators were conducting some interviews, they learned that some respondents have heard the Minister’s speech. The banners, posters and pamphlets also played a pivotal role in educating the population about the census and as households were visited by the field staff they mentioned that they saw posters in shops and banners on the streets of their districts. The major contributor that impacted mostly on the public awareness was the stickers displaying census message on public transport vehicles. The majority of field staff indicated that this was such a good strategy that was adopted because these vehicles traveled all over the country and the messages were carried over even to the very remote areas. Recommendations Publicity Committee should have sub-committees in the districts or maybe each

district should have a representative in the committee; The Publicity Committee Coordinator should be a person with IEC skills in

order to effectively streamline publicity activities; The Publicity Committee should work hand in hand with the POP/IEC

Committee from the onset of the planning phase for publicity activities; Publicity Committee should be educated about government procedures

especially for procurement of publicity materials

3.7 . Logistics Arrangement Transport Arrangement for movement of census personnel and materials entailed securing government vehicles from other ministries and hiring private vehicles. The 2006 Lesotho Population and Housing Census was executed in three phases which were;

1. Preparatory phase 2. Data collection phase 3. Post enumeration phase.

Preparatory phase During the preparatory phase twenty (20) 4*4 vehicles were hired for 20 teams operating in ten (10) Districts during the Census Cartography exercise and up to the census enumeration. The use of Four- wheel- drive vehicles was because of the rocky and mountainous terrain of Lesotho. There was also a need to hire 10 more Four-wheel drive vehicles for the 10 district coordinators who assisted the Deputy Census Commissioner in training the Field Supervisors and Enumerators.

36

During this preparatory stage, Census materials such as questionnaires, pencils, torches, rubbers, etc, had to be distributed to the districts and for this purpose 8 trucks had to be hired for the distribution of those materials to the districts. These trucks were also hired to collect materials from districts to the BOS Headquarters after data collection. During this preparatory stage 20 buses were also hired to deploy trainers, field supervisors and enumerators to their respective districts. Data Collection Phase During this second phase additional 138 four-wheel-drive vehicles were secured to facilitate timely fieldwork execution, because data collection was to be done very fast, efficiently and to be completed over a stipulated period of time. The actual estimated enumeration period was two weeks and this meant that movement of enumerators and supervisors as well as monitors was to be very fast and efficient. Of 138 vehicles that were mobilized, 35 were government vehicles, which were borrowed from other ministries while 103 were hired. The agreement between the BOS management and Imperial fleet services was that only insured vehicles should be hired. Concerning fuelling arrangements for government vehicles an agreement was reached with Imperial fleet services that the vote to be used should be that of the BOS such that all the fuel and servicing expenses should be paid by the BOS for Government vehicles. It was also agreed that in areas where Imperial Fleet Services Petrol Stations were not available, Forty (40) litres of both petrol and diesel should be delivered to such places and there were some vehicles assigned for that task. Letters were also distributed to the district Imperial Fleet Services Petrol Station attendants that, they should provide petrol and diesel to government owned vehicles during the weekends and on holidays. The lists of such vehicles were also distributed along with the letters. The distribution of vehicles was as follows: each district was allocated 10 private vehicles, 3 government vehicles, which means that each district was allocated 13 vehicles in all. An exception was Maseru which was given 10 private vehicles and 9 government vehicles. As earlier stated, Lesotho is a mountainous country with mountains covering two thirds of the land area; this made some parts of the country difficult to access by vehicles, so horses were also hired as mode of transport for such areas. Villages in the mountainous parts of Lesotho are generally very small and spatially far apart. The villages are also sparsely populated and in these areas movement from one village to another is slow and often difficult. Furthermore, during Census data collection, there was heavy snowfall in the highlands, which made it impossible to access certain areas either by four-wheeled-

37

drive vehicles or by horses. Consequently, a resolution was made to hire a helicopter for distribution of census materials from Maseru to such places. For the Post Enumeration Survey (PES) of 2006 Population and Housing Census, about 14 four- wheeled-drive vehicles were hired for a period of 10 days, which was extended to a period of one month. 3.8 Selection and Recruitment of Census Personnel The Human Resource office was responsible for the selection and recruitment of field personnel (Supervisors and Enumerators) for all the districts during the 2006 Population and Housing Census, including the Post Enumeration Survey. All HR personnel of the Ministry of Finance and Development Planning were engaged in the selection and recruitment of appropriate candidates for the Census exercise. Under the supervision of the HR manager, each officer was assigned the responsibility of screening and short-listing suitable candidates for a certain district. The process of selection and recruitment of Supervisors and Enumerators entailed: Drawing up a job description to specify the kind of work a Supervisor or an Enumerator would be expected to do; Placement of advertisement with the job description and required Qualifications was made for a period of one week (in the case of Enumerators advertisement was made to primary school teachers). Application forms were submitted to the HR office; Short-listing of suitable candidates was made according to a preset criteria (see criteria below); The list of short-listed candidates was posted with the commencement date for training and venue indicated; The closing date for submission of application for the position of an Enumerator was extended till training started because of the insufficient number of applications received. The qualifications wer also reviewed to accommodate high school teachers; Training of supervisors was conducted at different places like Molengoane Lodge, Blue Mountain Inn, Palace Hotel, Khali Motel and Anglican Center for a period of 10 days; Candidates who successfully completed training as Supervisors were formally recruited and issued with contracts for the period of Enumerators’ training and main Census enumeration; Supervisors trained the Enumerators at the districts for 10 days at training centres identified by HR Officers.

38

Criteria Used in the Selection Process: Supervisors: First priority was given to unemployed candidates with a degree or diploma in

statistics, social sciences, economics or related courses AND serving officers with similar qualifications;

Second priority was given to candidates with degree in other fields; Third priority considered candidates with diploma in other fields; Fourth priority was given to first years and drop-outs at tertiary level. Enumerators: First priority was given to primary school teachers; while Second priority was given to high school teachers Assignment of Supervisors and Enumerators to their Work Areas Shortly before the training of Enumerators ended, the District Coordinators and Constituency Supervisors in collaboration with the HR Officer assigned to the districts deployed each Enumerator to an Enumeration Area (EA), while each Assistant Supervisor was assigned a Supervisor Area comprising of at most five EAs. Each EA that was found to be very large had one or more additional Enumerator (s) deployed to it.

Besides the recruitment process, the Human Resource office was also responsible for booking of centres for training of enumerators at their assigned constituencies, as well as drafting memos for payment of wages and allowances of all census field personnel. Record keeping became an important part of the exercise, especially where finances were concerned. The Human Resources Officers ensured that every person was remunerated accordingly and that there would be no room for fraud with respect to allowances and wages. After the census enumeration, the great challenge, besides having to recruit other staff for the PES, was dealing with the claims from census personnel with claims that they had not been paid or that the remuneration they received was less than what they expected. 3.9 Training of Census Functionaries Training of Trainers for Main Data Collection The two places (Teyateyaneng and Botha-Bothe) were identified for training of trainers. Training was scheduled for 10 days (27th February to 8th March 2006). About 200 trainees were trained in both places. Trainees were Degree/Diploma holders.

39

During training, both the census questionnaire and Enumerator’s manual were thoroughly covered. To examine the level of understanding of the questions within the questionnaire, mock interviews and written tests were done by trainees. The assessment criterion that was used was good performance in tests as well as good presentation during mock interviews. Training of Assistant Supervisors Candidates engaged as Assistant Supervisors were Degree/Diploma holders. They were trained for 10 days (15th – 24th March 2006) in various training centres throughout the districts. Both the census questionnaire and enumerator’s manual were discussed at length as in previous trainings. The assessment criterion was the same for the training of trainers for the main data collection. Training of Enumerators Trainees were Primary school teachers. This particular training was scheduled to start on the 27th March 2006 but due to transport problems Assistant Supervisors could not be deployed to their respective training centres on the scheduled date. Table 3.1 shows the number of constituencies, training centres, enumerators and supervisors for each district. All districts except Maseru and Leribe were allocated one vehicle to deploy assistant supervisors during this training. This training used a similar approach as the previous trainings. Those who did not satisfy the standards set during training were disqualified and were not engaged in the enumeration. Table 3.1: Number of Constituencies, Training Centres, Enumerators and Supervisors by District District

Constituencies

Training Centres

Enumerators

Supervisors

Botha-Bothe 5 5 278 60 Leribe 13 8 617 131 Berea 10 9 470 95 Maseru 18 13 1,124 238 Mafeteng 9 9 415 88 Mohale’s Hoek

8 8 453 100

Quthing 5 5 263 60 Qacha’s Nek 3 6 155 38 Mokhotlong 4 8 240 58 Thaba-Tseka 5 8 235 57 Total 80 79 4,250 925

40

Training of Enumerators for Chinese Population Two people from Maseru district who could speak Chinese language were identified and trained as enumerators. In this instance, the assessment criterion was not used. 3.10 Quality Control Quality control strategy to ensure the coverage of enumeration areas and the quality of completed Census questionnaires included: Use of the household listing by the Assistant Supervisors to check that:

All households in an EA have been covered; Households in adjoining EAs have not been duplicated;

Using the EA map and the household list to determine if enumerators found new/hidden dwellings;

Placing of stickers on households that have been enumerated.

41

CHAPTER 4:

CENSUS CARTOGRAPHIC WORK 4.1 Introduction Maps play a very important role in planning and having a successful and complete census enumeration. Mapping for the census enumeration primarily involves dividing the entire country into smaller contiguous, non-overlapping parts. This is for ease of enumeration within each part which is carried out by a single enumerator during the specified enumeration period and the process is known as demarcation. The smaller parts are called enumeration areas (EAs). Since the first scientific population census of 1966, the main objectives of census mapping at the Bureau of Statistics were; a) to facilitate enumeration without omission or duplication, b) to provide a frame for a sample survey and c) to provide spatially referenced small area data. All these objectives have been achieved but with the use of more traditional, labour intensive cartographic methods (manual cartography), especially where demarcation was concerned. However, these data was lacking proper management due to unavailability of an automated system in place. In recent times the growing demands for automated census cartography led to the introduction of geographic information systems (GIS) for census mapping. The application of geographic information systems entails the systematic processes and procedures for data collection, storage, retrieval, analysis and dissemination of various population parameters that link boundaries of reporting units to the small area population information collected during a census or a survey. The 2006 Population and Housing Census cartographic work was the first census in Lesotho to be conducted with the implementation and integration of geographic information systems application. This chapter will therefore focus on the technical and methodological aspects in using geographic information systems (GIS) for 2006 Lesotho Population and Housing Census cartographic work. 4.2 Organizational and Institutional Arrangements To ensure the successful implementation of GIS the following were clearly addressed: short/ medium term goals, long term goals, hardware, software and data requirements, human resource, external assistance, maintenance and support, collaboration with stakeholders and timeframe.

Long term goals To ensure the sustainability of the GIS and Cartographic section through:

o the implementation of a long term capacity building program; o a proper system (hardware, software) maintenance program;

42

o continuous data updating and maintenance program to ensure the currency and hence relevance of the data over time;

o proper and continuous user consultation.

To put in place a digital cartographic base consisting of digitized EA and administrative boundaries (districts, constituencies, community councils);

To create a definitive place name boundary set derived from village and EA boundaries.

To design, implement and populate an attribute database containing all the 2006 Census information;

To link the two databases in order to do spatial analysis and dissemination; To provide accurate EA and other user-specified maps to the BOS line

departments and external users; To assist in the implementation of poverty mapping program; To create a master sample frame on which longitudinal and other surveys

can be planned and implemented during the intercencal period; To create 2006 Population Census Atlas; To implement WEBGIS (Internet Mapping) for dissemination of census and

survey data; To act as a corporate service provider to all the departments within the BOS

by: o Populating all relevant survey information (such as the Labour Force

Survey, Household Budget Survey, Demographic Survey etc.) into the attribute database in order to do spatial analysis and dissemination;

o Creating a master data warehouse into which all data collected by the BOS can be stored in relevant databases;

o Maintaining the master sample frame; o Continually investigating new ways of analyzing economic and socio-

demographic statistics in the spatial context.

Hardware The following hardware was acquired and operational: 1 x GIS Server + network; 5 x GIS workstations; 1 x HP 4000 Plotter; 1 x A3 Colour Laser Printer; 3 x Laptop computers; 14 x Garmin GPSs Receivers.

Software The following software was acquired and operational: 5 x Geomedia Professional licenses; 2 x ArcView 9.2 Licenses; 1 x Geomedia WebMap application software; 14 x Software for GPS hardware; 1 x Plotting Tool – automated map printing tool.

43

Data Prior to demarcation process two categories of data namely; primary data (base map data) and secondary data were acquired. The 1:250 000 topographical maps were provided by LSSP while Spot5 natural colour satellite imagery with a ground resolution of 2.5 meters covering the whole of Lesotho was provided by GeoSpace International. The district boundaries, constituency boundaries, community council boundaries, and village (point) data layers were provided by land-use planning department. All these were regarded as the core data required for the GIS needs of the 2006 Census Cartographic project. Human Resource During the initial stage of the project, the Cartography and GIS section was staffed with only 1 qualified Cartographer and 2 mapping personnel and this staff was found to be inadequate based on the demands of the work envisaged. To ensure the sustainability of the section from a staff perspective it was recommended that three additional Cartographers be recruited. In the mean-time special arrangement was made with ITDP division to provide two computer scientists to act as GIS Technicians (Cartographers) during the project period. This arrangement was made while the recruitment process of three permanent cartographers was in progress. By November 2005 the required staff was recruited which made-up the section to be staffed with a total of 2 Senior Cartographers, 2 Cartographers and 2 mapping personnel. The staff will continually be trained in modern GIS techniques and mapping methodologies. Training in the use of the GIS software as well as the cartographic methodology is important to ensure the sustainability of the GIS over time. Provision has been made to implement a capacity building program that span over a five-year period. This will ensure the gradual improvement of the level of skills and expertise of the GIS staff over time. External Assistance The human resource capacity at BoS during the implementation stage of project was low. It was therefore agreed that a consultant/company with automated Census Cartography experience be engaged to provide technical assistance hence GeoSpace International company was contracted. Geospace International is a South African company that has extensive experience and expertise in implementing similar projects for statistical agencies and survey institutions in South Africa, Namibia, Uganda and Tanzania with great success. Technical assistance provided by the company included; acquisition of satellite imagery and global positioning systems (GPSs), training, GIS database design, automated Census Cartography methodology and application, set-up and implementation of GIS software and hardware and project management.

44

Maintenance and Support The successful implementation and sustainability of GIS system within the organization does not depend only on qualified personnel but also with the maintenance and support sourced internally and externally. Therefore maintenance and support concerning Geomedia Professional and ArcView Software had been paid and contracted to GeoSpace International (5 years) and GIMS (3 years) respectively.

4.3 Recruitment and Training Before demarcation process commenced several training programs were conducted. These are as follows;

3 staff members were trained in Census Cartography and Geomedia Professional Software from 11th–22nd April 2005. The objective of the training was to equip the staff with the necessary skills for census automated cartography.

12 field mapping staff was trained in the use of global positioning system (GPS),

Orthophoto interpretation, map reading and basic principle of demarcation rules from 16th–20th May 2005.

13 additional mapping staff trained also in the use of GPS, Orthophoto

interpretation, map reading and basic principle of demarcation rules from 15th –17th August 2005. The aim of training additional people was to speed up the process of fieldwork verification.

In general the training for field mappers covered the following topics; fieldwork organization, what is expected of field mappers, population census definition, history of past population censuses, objectives of census mapping, fieldwork verification workflow, procedures of fieldwork verification, principles of image interpretation and map orientation, use of global positioning system (GPS) and how to complete forms (i.e. EA annotation list, weekly progress report, village/place listing and institution information). Further to this the census cartography training manual was prepared for the mappers to use during the training session as well as during field mapping for reference purpose. The total number of census cartographic project staff recruited was 32 which comprised of 2 Coordinators, 2 GIS technicians, 3 Cartographers and 25 Field mappers. The 25 field mappers were further divided into 6 teams and each team had a team leader. Each team was also provided with a 4x4 vehicle and a driver. All the above mentioned project staff were recruited within the Bureau of Statistics divisions. The coordinators provided the link between the office and field, supplying the teams with the technical and logistical needs. The GIS Technicians and Cartographers were responsible for office demarcation of EAs as well as office updating of verified EAs.

45

4.4 Enumeration Area Demarcation Before the start of demarcation fieldwork, the following parameters were defined; census geographic frame, settlement types (urban, rural and institutions), EA types (urban, rural, and vacant) and EA Sub-types. The 2006 Lesotho Population and Housing Census geographic frame consisted of; 10 districts, 80 constituencies, 128 community councils, 4 ecological zones and 4,290 enumeration areas (excluding vacant EAs). In the mountains and Senqu River Valley (SRV) owing to travel difficulties, the EAs were allowed to have 60–100 households while in the lowlands and foothills the EAs covered 100–150 households. This range of 60-100 households was applicable where villages were sparsely distributed only. In the case where villages were close to each other the range of 100-150 was applicable. The EA size parameters were chosen to ensure a balance between geographical size and household’s population size while keeping in mind that the enumerator should comfortably be able to visit all households within the EA within the specified enumeration period. The exercise of EA demarcation was in three phases, the first phase was office demarcation, and the second was fieldwork verification while the third was updating of field changes at the office. The office demarcation phase started on the 16th May 2005 and was completed on the 19th January 2006 while the fieldwork verification phase started on 23rd May 2005 and completed on the 23rd January 2006. The office updating of field changes started one month later after the start of office demarcation and finished on the 3rd February 2006. The principal factors that were considered during fieldwork verification exercise (i.e. basic verification rules) were:

a) An EA should be demarcated within the lowest order of administrative division, which is the community council.

b) EAs should be made identifiable by demarcating along some permanent (preferably physical) features such as rivers, ridges, streams, roads, streets. Where the permanent physical features were not available, semi-permanent features such as motorable tracks, footpaths, etc. were used. In the cases where such readily available identifiables are non-existent, the imaginary lines were drawn and identified with reference to prominent buildings or other bench marks.

c) An EA demarcated within the urban areas should not extend over the adjoining rural areas.

d) Boundaries of EAs should not cut across existing district, constituency and community council boundaries.

e) Each EA should not overlap with another. f) Starting points should clearly be identifiable. g) Each EA should be of reasonable size in terms of household’s population and

land area. The important points recommended for the field mapper to remember once he or she gets to an enumeration area to be verified are as follows:

46

1. Is the starting point clearly identifiable? 2. Is the EA boundary reasonable, i.e. it must not cut across national roads,

rivers, mountain ranges etc. Moreover, the boundaries must not cut into administrative area. All EA boundaries should concur with the demarcation rules.

3. Each EA needs to be demarcated according to specified size criteria. Determine whether the EA complies with the criteria. If not, the EA should be corrected.

4. Is the EA easily accessible by means of roads? If not, what alternative transport can be used? As a last resort, the EA should be re-demarcated.

5. Can the enumerator move along easily within the EA, or is the terrain very difficult to negotiate. There should be no uncrossable obstacles (mountain ranges, big rivers etc.) within an EA.

6. Determine the most correct place name for the area that the EA falls within. Alternative names should also be listed; this information can be gathered from the local villagers.

The fieldwork equipment provided to the field mappers included; EA maps, constituency/community council overview maps, EA annotation lists, Institution Information form, Village/place name form, note book, GPSs, pencils, pencil sharpeners, rubbers, plastics folders, clipboards, bags, freezer suites, boats and rain coats. Global Positioning Systems (GPS) were used for improving accuracy of maps. During the fieldwork the position of every institution (schools, health centres, hospitals, police station, post office, hotels etc.) in the country was recorded. The map below shows an example of an enumeration area map demarcated and used at the time of 2006 Population and Housing Census.

47

Figure 4.1: An Enumeration Area Map for 2006 Lesotho Census

4.5 Control Process Prior to the implementation of Census cartography, a detailed workplan which included the pre-enumeration activities as well as the post-enumeration activities was developed by the Cartography and GIS staff in collaboration with Geospace International Company. This workplan assisted the project coordinators to monitor progress and to determine whether the exercise will be completed by the planned target dates. Adherence to the timetable was strictly enforced. The team members (team leader and mapping assistants) were required to fill in various control forms to record data collected, work progress, usage of vehicles, other supplies, and management of field returns, etc. This ensured the timeliness of exercise completion and allowed project coordinators to react to any delays, bottlenecks or necessary adjustments to the process. 4.6 Household Listing During the application of traditional census cartography methodology (applied in 1966, 1976, 1986 and 1996 censuses), household listing exercise was a pre-requisite activity for the demarcation of enumeration areas. However for 2006 Census cartography with the application of GIS in place, household listing was no longer a pre-requisite for the demarcation of EAs. It was conducted as a separate activity with the aim to assist supervisors with monitoring data collection progress and coverage for improvement of quality of census data.

48

The exercise started on the 16th January to 5th February 2006. Forty-five (45) teams were organized which composed of 1 supervisor and 8 field mappers per team. Field mappers were provided with household listing forms, EA maps and constituency overview map. Included in the household listing form were the columns for, head of household, structure number, number of persons living in the household, and persons aged 17 and above within the household. The data on persons aged 17 and above was to be used by the Independent Electoral Commission (IEC) in the preparation stage of the 2007 National General Elections. It is worth mentioning that it was discovered that due to time pressure and poor supervision during household listing exercise, some villages were under covered hence the data for persons aged 17 and above was ignored. It was later extracted from the census questionnaires in June 2006 and then transmitted to IEC.

4.7 Cartographic Work Constraints 1. Due to lack of funds only satellite imagery was acquired whereas the original

plan was to use aerial photographs for urban areas and satellite imagery for rural areas.

2. The physical geography of the country needed more transport for the field mappers hence this hampered the fieldwork progress.

3. Shortage of qualified cartographers at the beginning of project. 4. Lack of Orthophoto interpretation expertise by field mappers led to misplacing

of some villages. 5. Absence of communication allowance.

4.8 Challenges and Recommendations

Challenges 1. Mobilizing financial and technical assistance at an early stage of the project was

a problem. 2. Having the GIS database in place is one big milestone but its utilization and

impact on the overall management and operations within the Bureau of Statistics is most challenging as it involves change of attitude, mentality, mindset and readiness to change by the staff.

Recommendations

1. Availability of funds for census cartography in time is vital for a successful census.

2. Provision for helicopter hire in the remotely inaccessible areas for the field mappers is necessary.

3. It is needful to establish WEBGIS application for wider dissemination of the 2006 Population and Housing Census results.

49

CHAPTER 5:

CENSUS ENUMERATION 5.1 Distribution of Census Materials The delivery of census materials to District Coordinators began on April 3, 2006. Hired trucks were used to deliver the materials. For very difficult-to-access areas like Hloahloeng, Kao, Ketane, and Lebakeng in the mountains, a Helicopter was used to deliver census materials. By April 5, movement of materials to the field was completed. 5.2 Deployment of Census Personnel Field personnel were deployed on April 6, 2006 across the country to begin identification of their EAs of assignment, except in some parts of Maseru where the EA Maps were still being printed. By April 8, deployment of Field personnel was completed. Thirty seven Government vehicles were mobilized, while 96 private vehicles were rented to facilitate movement of personnel and materials in the field. Horses were hired for Assistant Supervisors and Enumerators deployed to hard-to-reach areas that are not accessible by a vehicle. Altogether, 11 District Coordinators, 80 Constituency Supervisors, 925 Assistant Supervisors, and 4,250 Enumerators were deployed for the Census enumeration. The distribution of Field personnel by district is summarized in Table 5.1. Table 5.1: Distribution of Census Field Personnel by District District

No. of District Coordinators

No. of Constituency

Supervisors

No. of Assistant

Supervisors

Enumerators

Botha-Bothe 1 5 60 278 Leribe 1 13 131 618 Berea 1 10 95 470 Maseru 2 18 238 1,124 Mafeteng 1 10 88 415 Mohale’s Hoek 1 7 100 453 Quthing 1 5 60 263 Qacha’s Nek 1 3 38 155 Mokhotlong 1 5 57 235 Thaba-Tseka 1 4 58 240 Total 11 80 925 4,250

5.3 Census Enumeration Census enumeration commenced successfully on April 9, 2006 as scheduled. The enumeration included persons in private households who:

50

Slept in the household in the night of April 8, 2006 (i.e. the census night); Usual members of the household who had been elsewhere in Lesotho for not more

than six months but are not in the Convent; and Usual members of the household who have been continuously outside the country

for not more than three years, except those in institutions. Also enumerated were populations in Institutional households, and Cattle Posts. The Chinese community was treated as a special population group that required a unique arrangement to enumerate. This was because, apart from the Embassy staff, they were mainly factory workers or retail store operators and difficult to find at home. Besides, the majority of them neither understands nor speaks English or Sesotho. Bureau of Statistics therefore recruited and trained two candidates they could identify who could speak Chinese. With support from the Chinese Embassy (by giving introductory letter written in Chinese), and networking with the Association of Chinese Industrialists operating in Lesotho, the two Enumerators were able to undertake the very challenging task of looking for and enumerating the Chinese scattered in most Districts of the country. In general, there was a high level of awareness about the census even in remote areas, and a good cooperation of the public with census field staff. These represent clear indicators of the effectiveness of the census publicity activities. Indeed, there were cases of small villages discovered either in some EAs designated as ‘Vacant’ or ‘Cattle Post’ because people reported to Census field staff that they had not been enumerated. For instance, in Lebakeng Constituency in Qacha’s Nek District, a group of villages were discovered in a valley. It took Census field staff 6 hours trekking from the main road to get the villages. The villages had never been enumerated in previous censuses and they have neither participated in any elections nor benefited from Government’s social amenity, even the social support provided for the aged of which beneficiaries are recruited from the voters’ register. Census enumeration was originally scheduled to last from April 9 to April 22, 2006. However, the rain generally disrupted the exercise for some days and made it more difficult to reach naturally hard-to-reach areas, especially areas that needed crossing of rivers. For this reason among others, the period of enumeration was extended to April 30, when census enumeration officially ended. 5.4 Retrieval and Storage of Questionnaires

The census questionnaires were received from the Constituency Supervisors (assisted by the Assistant Supervisors) by 20 permanent staff and checked for completeness and proper shading of responses on the questionnaires. Thereafter and they were shelved by district, constituency and Enumeration Area (EA) for storage in the BoS main hall.

51

Problems Encountered

The observation during this process was that most of the Constituency Supervisors and Assistant Supervisors did not do their work properly while still in the field as most questionnaires were rejected (because they were not completely filled, some not shaded, or wrong numbering of households) and had to be corrected at the office; as a result, the process took more time than scheduled.

Recommendation

Supervision in the field should be improved, in such a way that Supervisors should not be selected according to seniority at work places, but performance during Supervisors and Enumerators trainings.

52

CHAPTER 6:

COMPILATION AND PROCESSING OF CENSUS DATA 6.1 Introduction Data processing is the process by which data collected through questionnaires from the households, institutions and cattle-posts is coded, manually edited, captured, verified, electronically edited and tabulated, the result being the production of the census dataset and database. 6.2 Overview Preparations for processing the 2006 Population and Housing Census data started in February 2005 with a review of the available technologies leading to the choice of technology that was used. The review was extended to a study tour in May 2005 to the Republic of South Africa that had just conducted its census and had just completed its data processing using scanning technology. The Bureau of Statistics then opted for the scanning of questionnaires as opposed to the traditional mode of data capture (manually using keyboards) due to:

i. The scanning technology was not new to the Bureau as it was used before, during 2002 CWIQ survey data processing and was successful and fast.

ii. The scanning was also tested during the pilot census data processing. iii. The expertise to manage the scanning method was available internally.

Data Processing Offices Two offices were identified and furnished with the relevant furniture and equipment. One was for scanning of questionnaires and the other for verification. The Verification office had 23 networked computers while the scanning room had two (2) scanning workstations and additional 2 computers. Preliminary Results Data Processing Data entry was done manually on 18 workstations using Microsoft Access application by both permanent and temporary staff. Data was then migrated to SQL Server 2005 which is used to store and manage the census data and also for data cleaning and tabulation.

This covered: Household population

o About 20 temporary and 10 permanent staff was engaged in the extraction of data from the main census questionnaires to the newly designed forms to capture household population by sex and administrative areas of Lesotho such as districts, constituencies, community councils, villages, and Urban and Rural areas only. These forms were then used for the data entry.

53

Cattle post population – The data entry was done straight from the cattle post questionnaires capturing all the variables.

Institutional population – The data entry was done straight from the Institution questionnaires capturing all the variables.

Problems Encountered The observation during the data entry, especially on the Cattle Post questionnaires and Institutional questionnaires, was that most of the constituency Supervisors and Assistant Supervisors did not pay much attention on the filling of these questionnaires and as result there were some gaps which were observed. Main Census Data Processing The Data Processing Office was provided with a total of 46 temporary data verification staff on short contracts. Throughout the entire data processing, new staff was recruited to replace those who had either absconded or resigned and those whose services were terminated through Supervisors’ recommendations because of engaging in unbecoming behavior, persistent poor attendance and performance. Verification and scanning were done in two (2) shifts. The day to day administrative and technical operations at the Data Processing offices were managed by the Database Administrator who in turn reported to the Data Processing Manager. The questionnaires were designed using TeleForm software. Scanning of Census questionnaires started from April 2007 and was only done during normal office hours, Monday to Friday from 08:00hrs to 16:30hrs. This was later changed in September 2007, when the processing of data was extended to 22:30hrs (from 08:00hrs – 22:30hrs). This was done by permanent staff. 6.3 Problems Experienced During Scanning During verification of scanned questionnaires, it was observed that some questionnaires images were out of margin and could not be verified, and had to be re-scanned. The other thing that was observed and which affected the scanning negatively was the undue delays in replenishing scanner consumables due to long procurement procedures and effectiveness of the local suppliers. They claimed the delivery delay results from their suppliers in the Republic of South Africa. There were times when the scanners operators had to stop and wait for the consumables. The scanning was done using two (2) Fujitsu 4990C scanners. These scanners needed some minor repairs and maintenance, and since there was no local (within the country) expertise, they had to be taken to the Republic of South Africa. One was fixed and returned within a week while the other was found to have blown the VRS controller board and this part had to be ordered from abroad (Germany), it took more than a month to be fixed.

54

Preparations to procure a third scanner commenced but unfortunately it couldn’t be acquired in time because the long government procurement procedures had to be followed as the selective tendering, which was another option, was not approved by the Ministry of Finance and Development Planning Tender Panel. The Senior Management Team (SMT) of the Bureau later resolved to resort to the use of traditional mode of data capture using keyboards for the remaining districts. Manual Data Capturing 60 temporary data entry clerks were engaged working in two (2) shifts:

Day shift: 14:00hrs – 22:30hrs (because of power cut/load shading from 08:00hrs – 12:00hrs)

Night shift: 22:30hrs – 06:00hrs next day. Trial tabulations based on scanned data revealed that some columns were shifted in some records; as a result the tables gave abnormal results. Based on this, the SMT resolved that all scanned districts also be manually re-captured. 6.4 Census Questionnaires Storage Returns from the field were received in May and June 2006 and stored. They were received by about 20 permanent staff. The questionnaires were checked for completeness and proper shading of responses and put on shelves in the store Hall. The uncompleted or spoilt ones were rejected and given back to the districts and constituency Supervisors for their attention. The major aspects of work in the stores centered on shelving and un-shelving EA boxes for storage or issue respectively. The questionnaires were orderly shelved by district, constituency and EA number. The stores section would receive and process requests for questionnaires from editing and coding staff and data entry staff. These would in most cases involve one or more districts or constituencies. The required questionnaires would then be retrieved from the shelves, recorded in detail and then given to the editing and data entry staff. When the editing and coding, and data entry staff have completed their work, they returned the questionnaires to the store hall for shelving. The policy was that the questionnaires should never move from one processing section to another without getting back to the stores first. Staffing The store had a supervisor, five (5) store assistants for day shift and three (3) for night shift. The number of staff was from time to time increased based on the demand.

55

6.5 Tabulation Plan The Demography division together with the Census Advisor produced a tabulation plan and passed it over to the data processing manager for the generation of tables. Generation of other tables followed later depending on the demand. 6.6 Recommendations

i. The Bureau should improve the supervision during data collection. Preliminary checks should also be done in the field during retrieval of questionnaires.

ii. Editing specifications should be made available before the main data collection. iii. Census data processing should be treated and carried out as a short-term

project not like a routine work as was the case at the beginning of the processing of the 2006 Census data.

56

CHAPTER 7:

POST ENUMERATION SURVEY OF THE 2006 POPULATION CENSUS 7.1 Introduction Population Censuses are subject to some biases arising from both coverage as well as response errors. Different methods for evaluating census data have been developed. These include demographic analysis, comparison of census totals with figures from other sources as well as matching census returns with returns from a post-enumeration survey (PES). 7.2 PES as an Evaluation Tool Several countries have been using PES to evaluate their censuses. These countries include among others Cambodia, Occupied Palestinian Territory, Zambia, Mongolia, Burundi, Rwanda, Namibia and the United States of America. Lesotho has been conducting population censuses in the past but the 2006 Population Census was the first to be evaluated through the PES. The PES was conducted two weeks after the 2006 Population Census enumeration was completed. 7.3 The Objectives of the PES The Lesotho Post Enumeration Survey (PES) is designed to evaluate the coverage as well as the content error of the 2006 population and housing census. The specific objectives of the PES are to: Quantitatively evaluate accuracy of the census in terms of coverage and content

error, at national, urban/rural strata. To guide census planners in designing future censuses. To indicate to the data users where specific coverage and content problems occur

in the census data and to quantify these errors.

7.4 Organization of the PES Lesotho BOS implemented the PES with the technical support of UNFPA Country Support Team (CST) and the Census Technical Adviser provided by the European Union. Bureau of Statistics constituted a PES team that was made up of six members. There was a PES Coordinator and five other professionals from different divisions of the Bureau of Statistics. These divisions included Field Organization Division, Economics Division, Demography, Labour and Social Statistics Division as well as Information Technology, Production and Dissemination Division. 7.5 The PES Sample Design The PES sample design was a one-stage stratified cluster sample design. The stratification was by urban and rural areas. The census EAs are the Primary Sampling Units and all private households in the selected EAs were included in the sample.

57

The PES Sampling Frame The Cartographic section of the BOS carried out the delineation exercise of the country into 4,250 enumeration areas for the 2006 Population and Housing Census. The EA list served as sampling frame for the PES. The list was stratified into urban and rural EAs, and two hundred and twenty four (224) EAs were selected for the PES. The enumeration areas were selected with probability proportional to size (PPS) within each stratum. The number of households within the enumeration area served as a size measure. Levels of Estimation As mentioned earlier, the country was stratified into rural and urban areas. The 12 gazetted urban centres in Lesotho namely, Botha-Bothe, Maseru, Mafeteng, Maputsoe, Mohale’s Hoek, Mokhotlong, Moyeni, Hlotse, Qacha’s Nek, Teyateyaneng, Thaba Tseka, and Semonkong together formed the urban stratum. The rural stratum is composed of all other areas of Lesotho. Sample Size The PES aimed at achieving reliable coverage and content error estimates for each main stratum. To determine the minimum sample size necessary for that purpose, the following formula was applied: n= {t2α pq}/d2

Where: n = sample size p = universe proportion

q = 1 -p d = desired precision

t α = specified level of confidence (i.e t-statistics value for the 95 percent Confidence Interval). Based on previous experience in Lesotho, the desired precision and level of confidence were fixed at 0.03 percent and 95 percent, respectively, and ‘p’ was assumed from variables closely related to coverage such as proportion of people enumerated during the census. The complement of p gives the value of q. Using the criteria above, the total sample size for the PES was calculated as 224 Enumeration Areas and was selected from the total of 4,250 EAs.

58

Distribution of EA’s among strata The sample size was allocated to the two strata as follows: Table 7.1. The distribution of the strata Stratum Number of EAs Urban 64 Rural 160 Total 224 Selection of PSUs and households The number of EAs selected from each stratum was determined by th following considerations: The need to maintain a minimum of 30 PSU’s per stratum. The need to have at least two selections per sub-stratum The need to reduce clustering effect, especially given that all households in sample

EA’s will be interviewed. Accordingly, within each stratum, EAs were selected systematically with probability proportional to size (PPS), where the measure of size (MOS) was the number of households. The formula used is as follows: Selection interval = I = Mh /nh Where, Mh = total number of households in stratum h nh = number of selected EA in stratum h. I = sampling interval Taking R as the random start (i.e. a number between 1 and I), the sample EAs were selected as the EAs containing the Rth; R+Ith; R+2Ith; R+3Ith;…R+(nh -1)th household on the cumulated list. All households in the selected EAs were interviewed. 7.6 PES Instruments The PES used three major instruments. These were the questionnaires, the Enumerator’s instruction manual and the EA maps. The material control forms were also developed. The Questionnaire The PES questionnaire was designed to capture information for the measurement of coverage rate and content errors. A few variables from the census questionnaire,

59

which are not likely to change within a short period, were retained. The selected variables for the PES questionnaire included: Full name Relationship Sex Marital status Age These variables were included in the PES to facilitate matching of Census person records with those of the PES. Furthermore, with the exception of “Full name”, the other variables are useful for content error analysis. The PES questionnaire has five main sections namely:

Section A: Identification names Section B: Identification codes Section C: Household Enumeration Match Status Section D: Characteristics of Household Members Section E: Out-Movers/ Dead Persons

Section D provides information for content error analysis, while Section E provides part of the information needed for coverage evaluation. A copy of the questionnaire is available in the appendix.

Enumerator’s Manual and EA Maps Apart from the PES questionnaire, the enumerators’ instructions manual was developed. The manual contained concepts and enumeration procedures. Each enumerator was given the map of his/her Enumeration Area of assignment for guidance in identifying the EA boundaries and for proper coverage of selected EAs without omission and duplication. 7.7 Field Work Recruitment and Training of the PES Personnel The quality of staff recruited and training has a bearing on the quality of work obtained from the field. It is very important therefore that high quality staff be recruited and given adequate training. The PES enumerators were selected from the best constituency Assistant Supervisors during the 2006 Census and were properly trained. After training, some of the outstanding candidates were engaged as Supervisors while the rest served as Enumerators. Altogether, there were 46 Supervisors and 224 Enumerators. The Coordinators and trainers for the PES were BOS employees.

60

Training of Trainers and Enumerators Training The PES team constituted the trainers of the PES field staff. The team was first trained in a training of trainers’ workshop with the Census Technical Adviser as the resource person. Thereafter, the PES team of six members was split into three groups of two each for training of PES Enumerators. After the training of trainers, the human resource office issued a list of 270 candidates shortlisted for training as PES field personnel. To ensure effectiveness of the training, the candidates were randomly divided into six smaller groups. Two PES Team members trained two groups of the trainees one at a time. Each group was trained for three days. After each training session, the trainees were given a written test. Those who performed exceptionally well were engaged as Supervisors while the rest were engaged as Enumerators for the PES exercise. Publicity The public was informed of the PES field activities through the district administrators, the principal chiefs and the village heads. Sensitization of the public towards the post enumeration survey was reinforced through radio announcements. For ease of identification, the PES enumerators and supervisors wore T-shirts and PES head caps. Field Logistics A team of six Bureau of Statistics staff coordinated the PES field work. Two coordinators were responsible for one district each (i.e. Maseru and Berea), while each of the remaining four coordinators was responsible for the field work in two districts. Maintenance of independence between the Census and PES, and the contiguity of districts were the overriding considerations in the assignment of coordinators to districts for the PES field work. Each coordinator was allocated a 4x4 wheel drive vehicle to do overall supervision and for logistical support in the district of assignment. Provision was also made for Coordinators who worked in mountainous districts (e.g. Mohale’s Hoek, Quthing, Qacha’s Nek, Mokhotlong and Thaba-Tseka) to hire equine for Enumerators. The amount allocated depended on the number of such remote enumeration areas per district. Supervisors were also assigned 4x4 vehicles for transporting the enumerators to their various enumeration areas and for supervision purposes. To ensure independence of census field operations and PES field operations, no Coordinator, Supervisor or Enumerator was deployed for the PES in the same district where he/she participated in the census. Other precautionary measures taken to reinforce the independence of the census and PES operations included the following: PES Coordinators, supervisors and enumerators had no access to information or

data collected during the census in their respective areas of operation The particulars (including location) of the selected EAs for the PES was not disclosed to BoS field staff or the PES field staff before hand until at the

61

time of deployment; All Census questionnaires were believed to have been retrieved from the field before PES fieldwork began. Each PES Team member was responsible for at least one district. One enumerator was assigned one enumeration area and each supervisor was supervising between two and six enumerators. Table 7.2: Distribution of the deployed PES personnel Coordinator District Enumerators Supervisors 1st Coordinator Mokhotlong 9 2 Thaba-Tseka 11 2 2nd Coordinator Qacha’s Nek 6 2 Quthing 10 2 3rd Coordinator Mohale’s hork 24 5 Mafeteng 25 5 4th Coordinator Maseru 59 12 5th Coordinator Berea 30 6 6th Coordinator Leribe 36 7 Botha-Bothe 14 3 Total 224 46

Data Collection, Retrieval and Storage PES data collection started two weeks after the end of the main census enumeration and lasted from the 15th to 31st of May 2006. The supervisors and the enumerators carried with them relevant enumeration areas maps so that they could identify the boundaries of their respective enumeration areas of assignment. After identifying the boundaries, each enumerator had to locate the starting point in his/her assigned enumeration area. Then the enumerator administered the PES questionnaire by enumerating all the individuals in private households in the enumeration area. The PES enumeration was on de facto basis, which is, enumerating each individual who had spent the night before the PES enumeration in the household. Information was also collected on those people who were enumerated in the household during the census but who did not sleep in the household the night prior to the enumerator’s arrival (out-movers). The PES was also meant to identify each individual who spent the PES night in the household, but was not there during the census (in-mover). Two levels of supervision checked the questionnaires, first by the Supervisors before leaving the enumeration areas and lastly by the district Coordinator, who did the final checking at the district BOS office. The questionnaires were then transported to the BOS headquarters for storage and processing. To avoid possible contamination, of the PES questionnaires were stored at the BOS office at Cabana, Maseru, where the matching exercise and data processing took place.

62

7.8 Matching Exercise Matching was done by comparing the characteristics of households (including the names of administrative units to which the household belong) and individuals enumerated during the census and the PES for similarities. The intention was to find out whether a PES household or individual was enumerated in the main census. The matching clerks were trained on the procedures and rules for matching Census and PES records for a period of one week. The training reference manual was prepared by the PES team under the guidance of the CST/UNFPA Advisor, who along with the Census Technical Advisor supported the PES team during the training. Out of the twenty three candidates trained, 18 were engaged as matching clerks, while 5 were selected to do PES data capturing. Due to shortage of office space, equipment such as tables and chairs, the actual commencement of the matching exercise was delayed by about one week after training, thus it started on the 16th of June 2006. The matching clerks were divided into five groups. The group members firstly had to match households and then matched individuals within the matched households. The team leader assigns a pair of related (PES and Census) questionnaires to two matching clerks. One of the matching clerks then loudly reads the names of household members in census while the second matching clerk thoroughly checked for similar names in the PES questionnaire. If the names were similar in both census and PES questionnaires, the households were considered to have matched and were clipped together. In cases whereby there were some differences the matching clerks had to take the questionnaires to the PES team to decide whether they matched or not. After matching households in a particular Enumeration Area (EA), each group member had to match individuals in both PES and census questionnaires. The name of a person, relationship, sex, age and marital status were used to determine whether the individuals matched. The matching clerks would thereafter transfer information from census questionnaire to PES questionnaire assigning the appropriate codes for matching and moving status for individuals who appeared in both PES and census questionnaire. In the case where the entire census household was not in the PES, the census information on the first three pages of the census questionnaire was transferred to a blank census questionnaire awaiting field reconciliation. All these matched and non-match statuses were verified by the PES team in order to minimize mistakes that might have been committed by the matching clerks. There were about six Census Enumeration Areas which did not match completely and information on the first three pages of the census questionnaires was transferred to blank census questionnaires so that they could also be taken for field reconciliation. 7.9 Field Reconciliation The PES field reconciliation exercise was done because during the matching exercise it was discovered that some households or individuals enumerated in the main census

63

did not correspond with households or individuals enumerated in the PES. There were also households or individuals enumerated in PES but not in the main census, plus cases with insufficient information to determine their match status. Therefore field reconciliation was carried out to determine (1) whether households and persons enumerated in the census but not in the PES were correctly or erroneously enumerated in the census, and (2) resolve the match status of cases with insufficient information. Based on information from the field reconciliation, identified cases were classified as either ‘census correct enumerations’ or ‘census erroneous enumerations’. Field reconciliation lasted for two months, from 8th September, 2006 to first week of November 2006. 7.10 Data Processing A network of five computers was used for the data processing operations and five data entry clerks were deployed. The Census and Survey processing (CSPro) software was used to develop data entry screens, edit specifications and tabulation plan. Among different methods which could be used for data entry, Manual data entry was chosen because the same questionnaire had to go through different operations. The PES team had a close supervision of the data entry clerks to minimize errors. Data entry for the PES was done in two phases. The matched and non-matched households were entered at the first phase, while at the second phase; Households which were taken back to the field for reconciliation were entered. After completion of data entry, the PES team did manual data cleaning which composed of consistency and range checks. Further cleaning was also done using automated data edit program developed in CSPro. This editing was done mainly on other parts of the questionnaire. Variables like Relationship, Age, Sex and Marital Status were not edited because these were later going to be used to calculate the content error. The data was then exported to SPSS and Microsoft Excel for the computation of the indicators. Data capture and editing was completed in December 2007. 7.11 Data Analysis and Report Preparation Data analysis and report writing training workshops were conducted on two occasions for the PES Team, and three additional staff from Demography, Labour and Social Statistics Division. Two staff of Statistics South Africa also attended because the workshop also aimed at enhancing the skills of evaluating census coverage and content error using PES data. The first workshop was held from 12-21 December 2007, with the Census Technical Adviser and the UNFPA/CST Adviser as resource persons. The training was hands-on, as participants were guided to prepare estimates of the coverage and content error indicators during the practical sessions of the training. A review of the initial estimates revealed some anomalies which were to found have resulted from errors in data entry. The data file was therefore carefully reviewed

64

to correct the errors after the workshop and the coverage rates and content error estimates were generated for the preparation of the draft PES report. The review of the first draft of the PES report was done in a second workshop held from 14-29, January 2008. The sampling error estimates of the census coverage and content error indicators were also prepared during that workshop. The Data Processing Technical Manager engaged in Statistics South Africa, Mr. Jean-Marie Hakizimana, facilitated the session on calculation of sampling errors using CENVAR.

65

CHAPTER 8:

EVALUATION, ANALYSIS, DISSEMINATION AND PUBLICATION OF DATA 8.1 Introduction The Population and Housing Census is a very enormous and complex undertaking that is susceptible to errors at all stages of its implementation. Census evaluation therefore aims at providing users with information on the project implementation process introspection including the quality of the census data. This evaluation is geared towards improvement of the future similar projects. Therefore, the evaluation exercise should include assessment of the census process as well as the results. 8.2 Evaluation of Census Process/Operations Evaluation of census process entails assessment of the implementation strategies undertaken in the operations in each of its phases, including census publicity. The quality of census results is the outcome of census processes. The quality often has to be ensured for users’ needs and satisfaction. Thus, the essential quality attributes of census outputs include relevance, accuracy, timeliness and accessibility. These attributes would form part of the assessment criteria of the census processes. The census project was executed in three phases, namely: preparatory, data collection and post enumeration phases. The assessment of activities in each of these phases will be highlighted in the subsequent subsections. 8.3 Preparatory Phase The preparatory phase included establishment of census legal and administrative structure, development of project document, undertaking of census cartography, determination of data needs, preparation of tabulation and publication plans, preparation of census data collection instruments, publicity, and securing of funds. Establishment of Census Legal and administrative framework The legal and administrative framework for the conduct of the 2006 Census was established by a Census Proclamation and the Executive Order (CPEO) of March 2005. The Proclamation and the Executive Order was published in the local electronic and print media and in the Gazette in order to inform the public about the forthcoming Census as an important Government activity. The Census Proclamation and the Executive Order described the responsibility of the public including cooperating with Census officials while collecting information using the Census Schedule as prescribed in the Statistics Act of 2001. In this endevour, assurance on the confidentiality of the information collected was spelt out. The CPEO also empowered the Minister of Finance to request for the necessary funding from the Parliament and to mobilize additional resources and logistics support from development partners and other Government agencies for the conduct of the Census. Although the release of the CPEO was delayed, its wide publicity set the stage for public cooperation with Census officials

66

which was important for smooth operations and quality outcomes. The delay in the release of the CPEO increased the challenges in mobilizing additional resources from development partners, which usually requires a lot of time. Some Committees with specific terms of reference were established to assist the Census Commissioner (the Director of Bureau of Statistics) in the planning and management of the Census project. The Committees included: Census Steering Committee (CSC), Census Technical Committee (CTC), Census Publicity Committee (CPC), Census Logistics Committee (CLC) and Human Resource Team (HRT). The composition and terms of reference of each of these Committees were discussed in Chapter 3 of this report. Each of these Committees played important roles which contributed directly or indirectly to ensuring the quality of the census outputs. For instance, the CTC ensured that Census instruments conformed to international standards and regional recommendations. However, in an endevour to satisfy all data users needs, the CTC overloaded the main Census questionnaire with questions (70 questions in all), a situation that ignored the potential consequence of respondent’s fatigue which was likely to compromise the quality of information collected. The Census Publicity Committee’s mandate was to embark on sensitization of the public using several strategies, including Radio talk shows, Radio/TV jingles and adverts. The Committee also published census articles in newspapers, census posters and banners. Stickers bearing census messages were put on taxis and buses of different routes from Maseru to remote rural areas, networking with NGOs, Churches and Civil Society. The other strategies employed were insertion of census message in civil servants’ pay-slips, information and sensitization workshop for media practitioners etc. The activities of the CPC generated a high level of awareness about the census even in rural areas, and a good cooperation of the public with census field staff, which contributed significantly to the quality of census results. 8.4 Internal Audidt activities Introduction The internal audit team was mandated to advise the Population Census 2006 management on the adequacy, or otherwise, of the controls in place in the administrative, logistical and financial processes. Recommendations for improvement in areas where inconsistencies were observed were made. Their involvement in the population census commenced on the 22nd March, 2006 and ran throughout the execution period, March to April 2006. Eleven Internal Auditors were therefore deployed as per the request. Background

The internal auditors for census were deployed throughout the ten districts. The census management at district level was comprised of District Coordinators, Human Resource Officers, Internal Auditors, Logistics Officers and Constituency Supervisors. The lowest level of census personnel was the Assistant Supervisors who were responsible for Enumerators.

67

The first critical step was recruitment and training of enumerators. The arrangement had been done that the Ministry of Education and Training, in the district Education Offices collects the applications from primary school teachers who satisfied the stipulated requirements set by the Population Census 2006 management. However, it was discovered that the message was either not clearly communicated or was misunderstood. This was evidenced by the overwhelming number of teachers whose age was beyond the specified age limit. Strict adherence to requirements resulted in both delayed recruitment which affected commencement of enumerators. Due to these problems that were encountered, it was evident that there would be a likely shortage of enumerators. The training of Enumerators was done by the constituency supervisors and their assistants in various training centres country-wide. For allowances, it was arranged that money would be deposited into bank accounts of census personnel but the bank electronic transfers was not approved due to the risk involved. The alternative approach that was resorted to was issuance of cheques to individuals. An office with full-time Accounts personnel was then set up to accomplish the financial objectives of the project. Scope of audit The assignment covered observations, inspection, monitoring and advising the Census Commissioner/Director of BOS on the activities of population census that ran from March to April 2006. Objectives

To evaluate the adequacy of controls on each process. To monitor the implementation and ensure compliance with established

procedures. The recommend improvement on risk management and controls. To advise the Census Commissioner/Director of BoS on administrative,

logistical and financial processes.

8.5 Findings Administrative

The Human Resource recruitment requirements stated that principals of primary and high schools who were above 35 years of age should not apply. But due to some shortage of staff in other areas, these requirements were therefore not adhered to hence some applicants over the specified age limit were recruited.

The delayed recruitment of Enumerators resulted into a problematic undertaking of sub-activities. For example, identification of suitable training centres big enough to accommodate large number of trainees for enumeration, deployment of enumerators to their respective EA’s and replacement of

68

enumerators who declined because of either loss of interest or had permanent jobs elsewhere.

The recruitment system was manipulated due to problems encountered; not only Human Resource Officers recruited the enumerators, but district supervisors did as well. Applicants who did not qualify insisted on staying for the training sessions arguing that it was just for acquisition of knowledge about the population census. They were not promised any training allowance, but they finally succeeded in claiming it because of inadequacy of controls.

Some Supervisors who were deployed to certain districts went to different districts without the consent of the Human Resource Officers or District Coordinators hence caused a shortage in other districts.

Registration of Enumerators was not verified with identity documents. This led to double or numerous listing of the same person with many names. For example, Enumerator ‘Mantai Raboshabane or ‘Mamosala Raboshabane are one person. The latter did not appear in her passport but was listed and claimed allowance as well. Others were ‘Makhauhelo Sehlabo or ‘Matlala Heshepe, ‘Matšolo Sello or ‘Matlhoriso Sello or Lydia Matšela.

Administration, logistics and finance offices engaged in the 2006 population census did not have action plans readily available for the Internal Auditors to facilitate evaluation of controls and compliance to the terms of reference. This therefore permitted deviation from the set controls resulting to low performance of some functions and vulnerability of the system.

Many errors were identified on the initial human resource lists of census personnel; duplication errors, the names of Supervisors’ who did not qualify still appeared on the lists for allowances, recording errors and missing names errors.

Some Teachers were recalled to schools during training irrespective of the Circular Savingram stating that the teachers should be released for the population census 2006.

The other problem that was experienced was that of Enumerators who gave birth in some constituencies during data collection, meaning the HR engaged highly pregnant women. For example, Semena, Thaba-Tseka and Masite had such cases hence enumeration in such places was put on hold for about four days for these enumerators to recover from childbirth experience.

69

Logistical

Lack of communication: Important information was not well communicated between the offices assigned some functions during the population census of 2006. This further disrupted coordination of activities and hence some delays were experienced. For example, The logistics office was initially not compiling records of some stocks

loaded and sent to different enumeration areas.

The Human Resource Officers did not communicate with district coordinators on issues of recruitment and that caused delays and confusion in other activities as they would sometimes make changes to technical activities that were not their field of expertise without the consent of the district coordinators.

The Internal Auditors were, to the best of the population census execution, not able to report their findings that needed urgent/immediate attention and advice from the Chief Internal Auditor due to delayed arrangement of airtime for auditors by the logistics office.

Training of enumerators: Enumerators were supposed to be trained for two weeks but some of them were not trained for that period of time because; The selection of potential candidates was not discussed with District

Coordinators who had their plan of the Population Census 2006 and who knew the logistics and technicalities of the enumeration; instead the centres were identified by the Human Resource office and Ministry of Education and Training.

The Human Resource office delayed submission of enumerator lists to different districts and/or constituencies as they already had the names of recruited Primary School Teachers expected for training.

Transport: Transporters (Material carriers) delivered the population census material with junior officers like Registry Clerks and Office Assistants from different departments of the Ministry of Finance and Development Planning’s who were not able to answer queries from Constituency Supervisors relating to materials required, unable to prioritize the material needs based on the district requirements, documents and other resources to be loaded as the project had transportation problems. Some private vehicles engaged in the census were not roadworthy:

In one case a vehicle had a puncture and had no spare wheel at all. The

70

following day it got stuck at Setibing due to lack of service as was reported by personnel using that vehicle.

Initially there was extreme shortage of transport in the district of Maseru: Different Ministries were expected to provide the project with vehicles to deliver the Enumerators to their respective EA’s and the census materials. But up to the third day after the commencement date, 4th April, 2006, Maseru was monitored with only two vehicles up to the 8th April, 2006.

Initially there were no vehicle records made to facilitate monitoring:

There were informal lists afforded Auditors on the 2nd May, 2006, not even signed. The reason given was, that Imperial Fleet Services was the office charged with hiring the private fleet and not the Transport Managers, yet the instructions to keep records of mileage were guided by Government policies.

Coordination of duties: There was no coordination of duties between the

offices of logistics, stores and information technology resulting in distribution of materials not recorded and therefore not making it possible for reconciliation. Moreover, the records pertaining to these transactions could not be provided to Internal Auditors when requested, untill the end of the project. Business continuity: No follow-up activities were planned or undertaken

by logistics office to assist field officers. It was during the course of training when District Coordinators were given the responsibility to identify logistics offices and training centres while they also had to concentrate on the training itself.

Population census 2006 was conducted differently from what was planned: It was planned that training centres would be identified according to constituencies, but the human resource officers and the Ministry of Education and Training did not follow that plan. Finally, there was shortage of trainers at centres like St. Rodrique mission, Likotsi and many more.

Training did not start on the scheduled date of 27th March, 2006:

this was due to delayed delivery of trainers to the constituencies or training centres they were assigned to because of transport shortage.

Equine hire: Some equine hire forms had to be queried on the basis of

the following;

71

One form was used by more than one person. Sometimes two forms had the same information. Eg. One

horse owner, the same person (assistant supervisor/enumerator), who used the horse, same chief’s stamp and date.

The use of a pencil. Time period longer than ten days by an enumerator

showing him or her always using the same horse yet movement was expected throughout the constituency.

The recruitment process was not based on the cartographic table: District Coordinators had constituency maps, had researched thoroughly on the numbers of residents in different/individual constituencies and how many Enumerators would cover them. But these tables were not useful at implementation stage because on the forefront were other departments officials and not them.

Recruitment of disabled persons: Disabled persons were recruited in places like Mashai. Even though one of the Enumerators complained of discrimination, the topography of Lesotho does not allow involvement of people with disabilities on assignments of this nature because it can be very risky for such person. Consequently, such Enumerator was assigned minimal duties in office and did not participate in data collection yet claimed the field allowances.

Unprelisted villages: During enumeration work, it was discovered that many villages were omitted during pre-listing of households which was done prior to Population Census 2006 which posed a challenge of cross checking the household names.

Identity cards were not structured as per the specifications. The chiefs were well informed about the Population Census 2006.

Conduct: Drunkenness of Enumerators, absenteeism due to deaths of relatives, negligence of work, aggressiveness, fraud and corruption were very very common. That is, in some cases, Enumerators hired untrained people to help them with their work, thus breaking the rule of confidentiality of information.

72

Financial The method of payment for Enumerators and other staff members was not discussed before commencement of all activities which resulted in delayed payments for different participants. For example, Accounting Officers reported that the fund had no vote. This would lead to

the fund not traceable in the long run.

Multiple uncrossed cheques were drawn, which could allow for fraudulent amendments to be made. Also banks allowed or accepted amended cheques.

There were categorized registers used to reconcile with the Human

Resource office’s participant lists. However, by the 25th April, 2006 some Enumerators had not been paid subsistence allowance.

The issue on contracts initially caused confusion. The Census

Commissioner/Director of BoS and other implementers differed in the understanding of the contracts. That is, M250.00 per person per day as per the Director as opposed to M65.00 per person per day as per the Deputy Census Commissioner.

Some supervisors and enumerators were paid twice because their names

appeared on two district lists which were Maseru and Thaba-Tseka. They are;

Table 8.1. Double payment of the Enumerators and Supervisors Date Name Cheque Nos. 03.04.2006 Tšekelo Putsoane 001477&001067 04.04.2006 Ntsebeng Motselebane 001472&000986 06.04.2006 ‘Mamosili Thoahlane 001475&001141

Lack of resources: Equipment like computers were not available for the

Accounting Officers to enable them to perform their duties efficiently and effectively. A list of more than a thousand payees would be served with one cheque

book having two hundred (200) pages only. There was no safe keeping of the cheque books and other financial materials. Therefore, the Financial Controller would carry the cheque books with him wherever and whenever he had to leave the office.

73

Different types of documents were used to claim payments. At one stage, the Human Resource office submitted bank account numbers written on small pieces of paper in an envelope to claim allowances, some lists were hand written whilst some were typed.

Other identified errors in the payment process:

Spelling errors Lost name lists Duplicated cheques Failure to pay according to supervisors’ listing And more.

There were Enumerators who were contracted in enumerating even though they had inadequate training of less than two weeks: They were paid the same amount of subsistence allowance as those who undertook the two-weeks training.

Theft and loss of cheques: Cheques would sometimes disappear in the offices. The cases were reported and sometimes suspects would be apprehended by police. Neither termination of contracts nor surcharge was instituted against the culprits.

Conclusion

Planning should be a critically important activity of the entire population

census operation, with involvement of all stakeholders who are to be engaged from the onset, followed by workshops, to supplying resources. It therefore translates into the fact that, from the initial stages (planning) all personnel expected to take part should be farmiliarised with the set goals and objectives of the project, understand and work towards achieving those within a set period of time; understanding clearly the expectations of the Census Commissioner/Director of BoS.

8.6 Census Cartography Owing to inadequacies in the geographic frame prepared for the 1996 Census using conventional cartographic method, the BOS resolved to prepare a new geographic frame for the 2006 Population and Housing Census using the new technology available. Thus, instead of conventional line maps, the computerized and geo-referenced satellite imagery maps were used. Due to lack of expertise in computerized mapping, the Government engaged the services of GeoSpace International (a South African based company) to provide technical assistance, staff training, procurement of satellite imagery and equipment, including establishment of the computer mapping system.

74

Cartography activities for the 2006 Population and Housing Census started in April 2005. This meant just one year to contend with the challenges of gaining capacity needed to use the new technology adopted, conduct preliminary demarcation of EA’s in the office, undertake field verification, update and print the maps in good time for the main Census data collection. Consequently, printing of the final Supervisory Area (SA) and EA maps which was estimated to have been completed by March 15 2006 continued for Maseru urban until April 8, 2006. Although the quality of the SA and EA maps was generaly good, there was no time to effect all major updates like splitting of large EAs found during field verification before the census date. What was practically possible in such circumstance was to deploy extra enumerators to such large EAs for the census enumeration. The updating of maps was completed later. The implication of the experience is that adequate time needs to be allowed for census mapping activities, as the quality of the maps used in the census has a major influence on the quality and reliability of census data, particularly census coverage. The quality of census results to a large extent is a function of the caliber of the census personnel and the capacity they have. Early planning is necessary to secure the appropriate number and type of personnel required for each of the census operational phases. Equally important, is the need to ensure that qualified staff, with ability to handle the training of census personnel and that sufficient time is provided for training. In light of the above, the Human Resource Team identified and recruited unemployed graduates of Demography, Statistics, Social Sciences or related fields to be trained. These candidates were trained by the senior technical staff of the BOS for two weeks which was sufficient to cover the theory and practical aspects of the training. Successful candidates were then engaged as Trainers along with the senior technical staff of BOS, and trained other census field staff (Assistant Supervisors and Enumerators). These group of people formed part of census Assistant Supervisors. The strategy to engage the Trainers as Assistant Supervisors during data collection was intended to ensure competent field supervision. However, some of them resigned after training the Enumerators. In such cases, some of the candidates who displayed outstanding performance as Enumerators’ during training were engaged to serve as Assistant Supervisors to replace those who resigned after completion of trainings. The recruitment of candidates as potential Trainers was conducted on time before commencement of training which was held from February 27 to March 8 2006. In order to enhance census coverage, primary school teachers were preferred as enumerators to High school leavers because a majority of the former live in rural areas and are familiar with the local terrain. In addition, primary school teachers, being more mature, it was anticipated that they will be able to win the cooperation and confidence of the respondents during census interviews. Besides these considerations, primary school teachers performed very well in 1976 and 1986 as enumerators compared to the performance of high school leavers who were used as enumerators in the 1996 census. Thus, the decision to use primary school teachers as enumerators in the 2006 census was to ensure a high quality census data. However, their recruitment was not completed on time for some districts. This resulted in

75

considerable loss of time before training could start in some training centres especially in Thaba Tseka District. Enumerators whose training started late may not have been adequately trained thereby constituting a potential threat to the quality of data and therefore of the census results. Another source of potential threat emanated from the extension of end of census enumeration from April 22nd as originally planned to April 30th. Teachers who had not completed enumeration in their respective EA’s left the work for their Assistant Supervisors to complete while they resumed their duties at school. Two reasons accounted for their action. First, their primary employer, Ministry of Education and Training required them to resume duty at school at the end of the holidays since census enumeration was originally scheduled to end on April 22, 2006. Secondly, enumerators’ engagement contract stipulated that their engagement as Enumerator was to last till April 22nd , 2006 which was the last day of enumeration initially planned. Thus, the feeling that they were not obliged by their contract terms to work during the extension period was compounded by the fear of being sanctioned by the Ministry of Education and Training should they fail to resume duty at school immediately. Consequently, the Assistant Supervisors had to combine their supervisory role with completing enumeration in some EAs. District Coordinators and Constituency Supervisors mobilized some Assistant Supervisors who had completed their work to assist their colleagues who were faced with this challenge. Yet, that new development compromised timely completion of retrieval of census documents from the field. 8.7 Evaluation of Census Data The evaluation of the quality of the 2006 Population and Housing Census data focuses on the completeness of enumeration and accuracy of data. Two methods were used to evaluate the census data. The first method was through a Post Enumeration Survey (PES) whose objectives and methodology had earlier been discussed in this report. The findings of the Post Enumeration Survey are available in the PES report. The second method was demographic analysis of the census data. The outcome of the analysis is available in the Census Analytical reports and corroborates the results from the PES. Data on live births that occurred 12 months prior to the census revealed reference period error because some respondents had reported all live births in the preceding calendar year. The number of live births in the 12 months before the census was therefore derived using the month and year of birth of the last live birth. Data on month of birth of last live birth showed heaping of births in the month of June; a feature that suggested indiscriminate application of the instruction by enumerators to record June if a respondent had forgotten the month her last live birth occurred. 8.8 Analysis of Data In order to ensure maximum utilization of the 2006 Census results, the programme of analysis provided for the preparation of analytical reports at the national level and in-depth policy-oriented analysis of selected population and development themes.

76

In anticipation of the availability of the census data for the preparation of the analytical report, a Census Data Analysis Team (CDAT) was constituted in November 2006. The CDAT was interdisciplinary in composition, because members were drawn from various ministries namely Ministry of Finance and Development Planning, Ministry of Education and Training, Ministry of Home Affairs, Ministry of Works, Ministry of Natural Resources ministries, including Bureau of Statistics and National University of Lesotho. The CDAT was trained on demographic data analysis, report writing, Population projections, Census and Survey Processing System (CSPro), and the use of Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS) for demographic analysis, and Population Analysis Spreadsheets (PAS). The team leaders per theme were identified and chapters assigned to theme-groups. However, only a team of twenty-one (21) Analysts from the Bureau of Statistics, Ministry of Natural Resources and National University of Lesotho actually participated in the data analysis and report writing. The analytical reports presented the detailed census results in two volumes, one on Population Dynamics (in seven chapters) and the second on the Socio-economic Characteristics of the Population(in six chapters). The Census Technical Adviser, Dr. Samuel I. Kalu provided by UNFPA, was the overseer during the analysis and report writing. The draft reports were reviewed by Dr. Richardo Neupert of Special Initiative on Census, UNFPA, New York, while Dr. Samuel I. Kalu did the final editing of the reports. The choice of topics proposed for in-depth analysis and preparation of policy-relevant monographs were informed by the key results from the Census Analytical Reports, and agreed to in a Stakeholders’ Consultative workshop. Estimation of Maternal Mortality Usually, information is sought on the deaths that occurred in the household in the year prior to the census. The question further inquired about the deceased women aged 15-49 years if such deaths were due to pregnancy, childbirth or six weeks after pregnancy termination and are used along with births to women aged 15-49 years in the same period to estimate maternal mortality rates. However, as mentioned in sub-section 2.2.6 of this report, the 2006 census included questions intended for derivation of maternal mortality rate using indirect technique named sisterhood method. Hence women aged 12-49 years were asked of the survival status of their female siblings of the same mother who had reached the age of 15 years. For those female siblings who had died, the respondents were further asked whether they died of maternal related causes. The use of indirect technique of sisterhood method is inappropriate for estimation of maternal mortality rate from census. This is because inquiring on the survival status of the siblings has high chances of multiple reporting of maternal deaths as every female who is aged 12-49 years is asked of the survival status of her other female siblings, especially in a census. Besides, other limitations of the indirect sisterhood method are that: - It gives estimates that refer to a distant past (10-12 years before the survey) - It assumes no major trends in fertility;

77

- It is less appropriate if migration is substantial; - It has no established demographic technique to evaluate and adjust data, if necessary. Owing to the difficulty encountered in deriving reliable maternal mortality estimate from the census data, the Centre for Actuarial Research of the University of Cape Town was approached for assistance. The Centre pointed out that instead of asking the usual census questions on deaths in the households that occurred a year prior to the census to women of reproductive ages and identifying which of the deaths were due to maternal related causes, the Lesotho census did the unusual by asking women to report the survival status of their sisters who had survived to age 12 years and where the sister died, whether death was due to pregnancy or child-birth. Nevertheless, the Centre suggested that:

It may have been helpful if data were entered as raw as they were from the field to facilitate storage of raw data file with no edits or imputations.

If edits and imputations were to be made to the data set, they should be part of the edited version and not the original version.

Documentation of edits and imputations applied to the data is crucial.

When the Centre inspected the questions and the mortality rates of women by age estimated from the data on reported survival of sisters, it was observed that the survival ratios reported by the first two age groups of women are implausibly much lower than the expected rates based on the mortality rates estimated from household deaths from the 1996 and 2006 censuses while those in the other age groups were higher than expected. Thus, the Centre concluded that until they get a better understanding of the data by examining the raw data, it might not be possible to derive a reliable estimate of maternal mortality rates from the census data with a reasonable degree of confidence. The Centre however, recommended that a preliminary estimate of maternal mortality ratio can be derived by estimating the following:

Number of births in the year preceding the census.

Number of deaths of women aged between 15 -49 years in the year preceding the census.

Number of deaths of women aged 15-49 years in the year preceding the census that were due to pregnancy or childbirth.

In expressing statistical uncertainties for the three required values, the Centre was reasonably confident that the number of births in the year preceding the census lies between 55,000 and 60,000. The number of deaths of women aged between 15 – 49 years during the year prior to census lies between 5% below the number of female deaths reported by households and 10% above it to allow for uncertainty i.e between

78

10,500 and 12,500 deaths. An inspection of the proportion of reported number of deaths of women aged 15-49 years attributable to pregnancy or childbirth suggests that this figure might be quite unreliable giving an unexplainable pattern. However, if one were to assume the same proportions as applied in South Africa in 2001 (7 %) and 2007 (5.75 %), it could possibly be assumed that the proportion might range between 4.5 % and 7.0 %. Combining all these figures together has led to expression of confidence interval for MMR ranging between 788 and 1591. Application of this procedure and the resulting maternal mortality ratio estimate are presented in the Census Analytical Report in Population Dynamics. 8.9 Dissemination and Publication Plan of Census Results Dissemination Plan A census is not complete until the results are availed to potential users in a form that is useful for their needs. The dissemination strategy is therefore designed to deliver relevant census products and services timely to potential users. In order to reach different categories of users, the dissemination plan provides for the use of various media and formats. These include: Publication of printed reports and tables; Computer-readable media, namely through BOS website and CD-ROMs; Population Atlas; Posters; Brochures; and Workshops at both national and district levels for different categories of users. A summary of the workshop schedules for dissemination and a seminar for promotion of census data utilization is shown below.

79

Table 8.2. Dissemination workshops and seminars on data utilization schedule for 2006 Population and Housing Census Activity

Target Group

2008 2009 2010 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q

1 Q2

Q3

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

National dissemination workshop

Policy makers, Planners, The Academia, Development partners, Private sector, NGos etc.

X

District-level dissemination workshop

District Administrators and Planners

X

Workshop for media practitioners on census reporting

Media practitioners

X

National and District-level seminar on census data utilization

Planners, Policy makers, programme managers etc.

X

8.10 Publication Plan The 2006 Census results were released through various publications. The publications includes: The preliminary results which provided interim figures of the population size of the

entire country disaggregated by districts, urban and rural areas and by sex; Census Analytical Reports (the two volumes provided the social, economic and

demographic situation of the country as revealed by census data); Census Statistical Tables; Population Census Atlas; Census Administrative and technical Report; Village Report (showing Census households and population for small area units); Population Projections Report (National, rural/urban and district levels); and Monographs on various themes such as “Gender and Development issues”,

“Children and the Youth” etc The timing of the release of these publications is as summarized below.

80

Table 8.3.Publication schedule for 2006 Population and Housing Census Results 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 Activity Q

1 Q2

Q3

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q3

Q4

Publication of the census preliminary results

X

Census Statistical Tables X Census Analytical Reports X Population Atlas X Census Administrative and Technical Report

X

Village Report: Census Household Population Report

X

Population Projections Report

X

Monographs on various themes

X X X

8.11 Census data utilization In order to further publicize the 2006 Population and Housing Census results, the BOS invited the Researchers from different organizations to come up with their own topics, and use the census data to show its importance in executing the activities of their own organizations. About seven Researchers participated in this important exercise, and in November 2010, a very successful Census Seminar was held where these Researchers presented their papers. The topics were as follows:

81

Table 8.4.Census data utilization research topics and organizations where the Researchers came from Item Title Resource Person Organisation 1 Ageing population in

Lesotho Nthabiseng Chaka Institute of

Sourthern African Studies (ISAS)

2 A case of the Millenium Challenge Account

Molupe Pheko Joseph Hayange Lerato Moleko

Millenium Challenge Account (MCA)

3 Linkages between the 2006 census data and the health infrastructure development at the Domicilliary health center

Itumeleng Mokheleng Thetsane High school

4 Improving National health information system for Lesotho

Thabo Thite Manaphathi Maraka

National Unversity of Lesotho

5 Infant Mortality in Lesotho Likese ‘Mota Limkonkwing University

6 Labour and Agricultural production in Lesotho

Mavuso Tshabalala Freelancer Researcher

7 The use of population census data for environmental analysis

‘Mantsebo Moipone Letsie Institute of Sourthern African Studies (ISAS)

The majority of the Researchers were from the National University of Lesotho and Institute of Southern African Studies (ISAS). Three Researchers who had worked as Team were employees of the Millennium Challenge Account (MCA). One Researcher was from Limkokwing University and the other Researcher was a teacher from Thetsane High School while the last one was a Freelance Researcher. At the time this report was being finalized, preparations were underway to continue with the census data utilization, and at that time, the targeted groups were the University students and High school students.

82

CHAPTER 9:

BUDGET AND EXPENDITURE 9.1 Introduction

The accounts section of the Bureau of Statistics (BOS) played a very important role during the census undertaking as it was managing all census related expenditures. There was a shortage of BOS Accounts section Staff to undertake all census related payments hence additional staff was sourced from the Ministry of Finance and Development Planning (MoFDP) in order to efficiently manage all the payments of the census activities, ie payments of census equipment, materials, wages and subsistence allowances. Most of the Ministry’s Accounts staff was therefore engaged in order to reinforce the staff of the BOS. This section is meant to provide a highlight on all the financial procedures followed during the census undertaking, challenges encountered, solutions and recommendations for the next census.

9.2 Terms of reference of the Census Accounts staff

Guided by the Procurement and financial rules and regulations, accounts staff had to advise the Director and Project management on financial matters arising during the Census undertaking.

They had to prepare payment for all personnel engaged in the census. To maintain the vote books and payment registers. Ensure the safe keeping of all accountable documents. They had to prepare the Census financial report at the end of the census

undertaking.

9.3 Census budget plan

Table 9.1. 2006 Population and Housing Census expenditure reports

Fnancial Year Funds issued Funds spend Unspend balance

GOL

2005/2006 8,000,000.00 8,093,676.73 (93,676.73)

2006/2007 80,802,533.00 79,242,279.54 1,560,253.46

2007/2008 5,500,000.00 4,930,400.12 569,599.88

2008/2009 5,000,000.00 4,956,251.31 43,748.69

2009/2010 2,000,000.00 1,889,353.92 110,646.08

Sub - Total 101,302,533.00 99,111,961.62 2,190,571.38

IRISH AID 2006/2007 4,131,584.00 4,131,584.00 -

UNFPA

2007/2008 2,761,986.00 2,424,259.81 337,726.19

2008/2009 400,500.00 320,385.35 80,114.65

2009/2010 819,615.13 760,523.81 59,091.32

Sub - Total 8,113,685.13 7,636,752.97 476,932.16

Grand Total 109,416,218.13 106,748,714.59 2,667,503.54

83

9.4 Challenges encountered during the census operation. Under Budgeting: The total cost of the project was under estimated

which led to seeking Contingency fund and delays in processing of other payments while awaiting approval and release of funds.

There was shortage of accounting staff engaged: Although the Accounts staff from all the Departments within the Ministry of Finance were engaged, they were working from 5:00pm (after working hours) because they still had to start at their offices to take care of some day to day activities. Because of shortage of staff, proper records and books of accounts were not maintained.

Lack of communication: 1. The Financial Controller received instructions to pay from different

Census Senior Management which resulted in duplication of payment vouchers and Cheques.

2. There were no meetings held between the Senior Management and the Accounts Office to discuss the Procedures involved in processing the payments.

Solutions to the challenges encountered

Contingency fund was requested from Budget Office at the Ministry of Finance and Deelopment Planning.

Recommendations for the next census

Planning of Population and Housing Census should involve the Accounts staff because they manage the finances of the entire Project, so that they know all the activities that would be undertaken during that period and be prepared. It is necessary to engage additional staff in Accounts office because of the magnitude of the entire census project.

84

CHAPTER: 10

CHALLENGES AND RECOMMENDATIONS 10.1 Introduction The planning, organization, and implementation of the 2006 Population and Housing Census was structured incorporating the lessons learned from previous censuses in order to improve all the census processes as well as the quality of the results. This report provides a detailed documentation on every aspect and phase of the 2006 Lesotho Population and Housing Census planning and operations, including fieldwork, data processing and analysis, evaluation and dissemination of the results. A highlight of major challenges encountered during each phase of the census and the lessons learned are summarized as follows: 10.2 Challenges (i) The Census budget was underestimated and the inadequate project funding

disrupted other activities such as data processing. This also contributed to distortion of the workplan.

(ii) Census Cartography commenced one year before the main Census. Consequently, it was not possible to complete the last activity of updating the EA maps after field verification before the commencement of Census enumeration. What resulted was that, some EAs were too large for an Enumerator to cover within the census data collection period, while identification of a few EAs was difficult and required the intervention of Cartography personnel.

(iii) The Pilot Census information was not analyzed, consequently the critical lessons

learnt were not captured and finalization of the census questionnaire did not adequately address what was experienced from the pilot exercise.

(iv) The recruitment of primary school teachers for census data collection was not

completed on time for some districts. This led to delayed and inadequate training in districts such as Thaba Tseka and Mokhotlong which had adverse implications for data quality.

(v) Enumerators who had not completed their work by April 22 2006, originally

intended to be the last day of enumeration, handed over uncompleted work to their Supervisors and returned to their respective schools, despite the official extension of enumeration time till April 30. The reasons as earlier indicated were that they did not feel obliged to continue because their contract of engagement expired on April 22, 2006. Also, they were expected to resume their duties at school when their contracts expired.

(vi) The decision to accommodate the demands of each data user in the Census

questionnaire led to the inclusion of too many (70) questions in the 2006 Census

85

questionnaire. With the adoption of the scanning technology for data capturing, Enumerators were to shade the response options properly. In an attempt to finish their work within the specified time period coupled with poor supervision, some Enumerators did not properly shade the response options in many of the questionnaires. Consequently, it took more time than planned for retrieval of census documents. This was because of the time spent to properly shade response options and correct other errors before ITPD could process all the questionnaires. This affected the workplan too.

(vii) The conduct of data processing as a routine task disregarded target dates and

grossly compromised the census workplan. Also the expected Government procurement procedures impeded expeditious replenishment of scanner consumables and repair of scanners when they broke down. This is because the purchase agreement with the scanner supplier did not include after sale-maintenance. This resulted in a significant loss of data processing time.

A greater challenge was the fact that the use of scanning technology for data capturing was not successful at all. This was due to many of the scanned questionnaires that went off the margin, thereby displacing and distorting information. Consequently, all scanned questionnaires had to be manually re-entered. During the data re-entry activity, some of the scanned questionnaires could not be found even after a long search. Based on basic information of the missing household questionnaire (e.g. the size, and sex composition), substitutions were made using comparable household information. This further delayed availability of the data for analysis and hence affected the release of the final census results.

(viii) The other challenge related to data processing was the requirement by IEC for

BOS to first extract information on the population of voting age (i.e. population aged 17 years and above) after retrieval of census documents from the field was completed, before processing the questionnaires for release of census results. As this exercise was not part of the census workplan, it contributed to the delay in the timely release of census results.

(ix) Other than issues mentioned earlier, the rapid staff turn-over among the key data

processing personnel seriously undermined adherence to critical target dates. The cumulative effect of all these factors attributed to a considerable distortion of the Census Project workplan.

(x) On data analysis, a major challenge was the sudden withdrawal of some analysts

(especially from other ministries) after they have been trained and assigned chapters. This led to a delay in analysing the chapter or leaving out the proposed chapter altogether in cases where no replacement could be found.

(xi) The other challenge experienced during the analysis was with respect to estimation of maternal mortality ratio from the census data. As earlier mentioned, information collected in the 2006 Census was that required for indirect sisterhood method of estimating maternal mortality ratio. Although this type of information for indirect technique of sisterhood method for estimating maternal mortality ratio is often

86

collected in surveys, the approach has some limitations, the most critical of which relate to possible ‘multiple’ reporting of maternal deaths by siblings of the deceased, and the estimate refers to a distant past of 10-12 years prior to the time of data collection. The simple census approach based on identifying deaths in the household to females of reproductive age that were due to maternal related causes would have been more appropriate.

10.3 Recommendations Taking into consideration the challenges experienced at various stages of the 2006 Population and Housing Census as documented in this report, the following recommendations are suggested: (i) The preparation of a comprehensive and realistic census budget adequately providing for all activities at the various phases of the census as reflected in the work–plan is imperative. It is important that the census budget and work–plan be presented to the government with adequate time-frame, to facilitate sourcing of sufficient resources from national budget and elsewhere such as development partners. Equally important is putting in place an operational mechanism to monitor and effect control on expenses to avoid over expenditure at any stage and ensure timely availability of resources for each activity; (ii) As much as possible, adherence to the census work–plan should be a priority in order to achieve the intended deliverables on agreed target dates. Disregard for census work–plan and target dates makes it difficult to monitor progress. It could also undermine the overall success of the entire census project and have financial implications. (iii) The planning of a census should take into account the interdependence of its three technical phases (including the logical sequence of the activities to be undertaken). For timely and successful completion of the census project, it is imperative that activities in each of the integral phases be expeditiously and successfully implemented. A situation whereby all activities leading to data collection are timely executed, while data processing activities are conducted with no regard for timeliness should be avoided. Conducting data processing just like routine work is not advisable and does not conform to standard census implementation strategy. It also has the implication of delaying release of census results, hence diminishing the value of the results, and increasing the overall cost of the census. iv) Recruitment of Enumerators should be done on time and Enumerators be informed of their training venues and dates well on time. This would require collaboration and information sharing amongst the HR Team, the Logistic Committee and the Census Technical Committee; v) The Contract letters of Enumerators should be explicit indicating the duration of engagement (contract takes effect from the day of issue till the end of census enumeration, which technically should include any period of possible official extension of enumeration);

87

vi) If teachers are envisaged to be used as Enumerators in the next censuses, it should be discussed in advance with the Ministry of Education that engagement of teachers includes from the time of training until the end of census enumeration (including end of possible official extension of enumeration period); vii) The role of field staff in the supervisory role (District Coordinator, Constituency Supervisor and Assistant Supervisor) should be clearly specified in the manual to facilitate the realization of intended quality control and improvement; viii) Pilot census questionnaires should promptly and carefully be analyzed, and the results should inform finalization of census instruments and implementation strategies; ix) The BOS should standardize and harmonize concepts, definitions and classifications used in censuses and surveys in order to facilitate comparison and trend analysis; x) In planning for future censuses, the BOS should avoid including too many questions in the census questionnaire as this potentially compromises the quality of census data. This can be achieved by ensuring that only questions on data that are best collected through a census are included in the questionnaire. It is better to collect certain information through specialized surveys than overcrowding the census questionnaire with too many questions in an endevour to satisfy the needs of every data user, which is not practicable. xi) For future censuses, it is recommended that a very simple approach of collecting information for estimating maternal mortality ratio be used. It entails asking about deaths that occurred in the household in the last 12 months prior to the census, and asking additional question to identify which of the deaths to females of childbearing ages were due to maternal related causes. An example of such set of questions is presented in the Table below.

88

Table 10.1. Recommended questions on deaths in the past 12 months Did any death occur in this household in the past 12 months? 1. Yes 2. No If “Yes”, record the following information about each deceased persons:

S/N

Name?

Sex 1. Male 2. Femal

e

Age at death (in completed years) Record ‘00’ if age at death is less than 1 year

(MATERNAL MORTALITY) If the deceased person was a female aged 12-49 at time of death, did she die During pregnancy?

1. Yes 2. No

Giving birth? 1.Yes

2.No

Within six weeks after the end of a pregnancy?

1. Yes 2. No

1. 2. 3.

Source: Adapted from Hill et al., 2001: NB: The name may be omitted, but asking for the name of the deceased is likely to improve recall.

89

References Hill Kenneth, Stanton Cynthia, and Gupta Neeru (2001): Measuring Maternal Mortality from a Census: Guidelines for Potential Users. MEASURE Evaluation Manual Series, No.4. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, July. TAMS Consultants (1996), Water Resources Management: Policy and Strategies, Final Draft. T. Mohapi (2007), National Sectoral Action Plans: The Dimension Stone Industry, www.lesmet.org.ls

90

ANNEX 1 WORKPLAN BY OUTPUT AND MAJOR AND SUBACTVITIES INDICATORS AND MAJOR ACTVITIES

ACTIVITIES PLACE RESPONSIBLE PARTY

TIMING START and END

OUTPUT

Output A: Increased availability and accessibility of accurate, timely and reliable data on demographic and socio-economic for Policy formulation and monitoring and evaluation of national development plans Indicator 1: Number and type of datasets produced)

Major Activity 1: Establish legal and census organizational frameworks

1: Preparation of the Proclamation and Executive Order

Maseru Bureau of Statistics DPMP

January -February 2005

Proclamation and The Executive Order prepared

2: Publication of Proclamation And Executive Order

Maseru Bureau of Statistics

March 2005 Publication of Proclamation And Executive Order gazette

3: Appointment of a Census Commissioner

Maseru

Bureau of Statistics

November 2005

Census Commissioner appointed

4: Appointment of Deputy Census Commissioner

Maseru Bureau of Statistic s

November 2005 Deputy Census Commissioner appointed

5: Establishment of the Census Secretariat

Maseru

Bureau of Statistics

March 2005 Census Secretariat established

6: Establishment of a Census Steering Committee

Maseru

Bureau of Statistics

March 2005 National Census Steering Committee established

7: Establishment of Census Technical Committee

Maseru Bureau of Statistics

March 2005 Census Technical Committee established

8. Establishment of Publicity Committee

Maseru Bureau of Statistics

March 2005 Publicity Committee established

8: Establishment of Census Technical Working Group

Maseru Bureau of Statistics

March 2005 Census Technical Working Group established

9: Establishment of District Census Secretariats

Maseru and other Districts

Bureau of Statistics

November 2005 District Census Secretariats established

10: Determination of the general procedures and scope of the census

Maseru

Bureau of Statistics

March to June 2005

Procedure and scope of the Census determined

Major activity 2: Develop and review census instruments

Conduct data user-producer workshop

Maseru Census Commissioner

May 2005 Conduct data user-producer workshop

Circulate draft census documents

All districts Census Technical Committee

April to November 2005

Circulate draft census documents

Recruit and train field staff for the pilot census

Five districts Census Technical committee

July 2005 Permanent staff engaged for pilot census

Conduct the pilot census

Selected areas in 5 districts

Pilot census field staff

August 2005 Completed pilot census questionnaires received in Maseru

Finalise census documents

Maseru Census Technical Committee

September to November 2005

Census and PES documents completed

91

INDICATORS AND MAJOR ACTVITIES

ACTIVITIES PLACE RESPONSIBLE PARTY

TIMING START and END

OUTPUT

Major activity 3: Establish logistic support mechanisms

Convene donors meeting for soliciting resource support

Maseru Bureau of Statistics

June 2005 Donors meeting held

Secure additional office space

Maseru Bureau of Statistics

October 2005 Office space secured

BoS 8 (4WD) vehicles engaged for GIS

Maseru Census Commissioner

June 2005 8 BoS vehicles made available for cartography

Hiring 15 vehicles for the pilot

Maseru Census Commissioner

August 2005 15 vehicles hired for the pilot census

Hiring 80 vehicles for the main census

Maseru Census Commissioner

March to April 2006

80 vehicles hired for the main census

Finalization of the census questionnaire and field procedures

Maseru Census technical Committee

October to November 2005

Questionnaire and procedures finalised

Expand the BOS website to include a census website

Maseru ITPD July to September 2007

BOS website expended

Procure GIS and cartographic equipment

Maseru IT, GSI and Cartography and GIS

March to April 2005

Procure GIS and cartographic equipment

Maintain equipment

Maseru IT and GSI Continuous Equipment maintained

Procure office equipment and supplies

Maseru Census Commissioner

December2005 to January 2006

Office equipment and supplies procured

Provide fuel and maintenance of BOS vehicles

Maseru Transport Officer June 2005 to May 2006

Fuel and maintenance of BOS vehicles provided

Recruit and Train Field Staff for the Pilot Census

All districts Census Technical Committee

July 2005 Field staff for the pilot recruited for the pilot

Conduct the Pilot Census

Selected areas in the country

Pilot census field staff

August 2005 Completed pilot census questionnaires received in Maseru

Major Activity 4: Main Data collection

Finalise Census and PES Documents

Maseru PES Coordinator September to November 2005

Census and PES documents completed

Recruit and Train Field Staff For Census Enumeration

All districts Census Technical Committee

March 2006 5400 enumerators and supervisors for census enumeration recruited and trained

Administer Housing Census Schedule

All districts Housing Listing clerks

April 2005 Housing Census Schedule administered to all households in the country

Distribution of census materials and deployment of field staff

All districts Deputy Census Commissioner

March to April 2006

Census materials distributed and deployment of field staff undertaken in all districts

Conduct 2006 Lesotho Population and Housing Census enumeration

All districts Enumerators and supervisors

April 2006 Census questionnaire administered to all households in the country

Recruit and Train Field Staff for PES Enumeration

Maseru PES Coordinator May 2006 160 field staff for PES Enumeration recruited and trained

Conduct Post Enumeration Survey

Selected areas in the

PES Team May 2005 PES questionnaires received in Maseru

92

INDICATORS AND MAJOR ACTVITIES

ACTIVITIES PLACE RESPONSIBLE PARTY

TIMING START and END

OUTPUT

(PES) country Receipt and checking of completed questionnaires

Maseru ITPD April to May 2005 All census questionnaires Checked

Recruit and train editors and coders for the census questionnaires

Maseru Human resource, ITPD and DLSS

April 2006 100 editors and coders recruited and trained

Manual editing and coding of main census

Maseru ITPD and DLSS September 2005 to December 2007

All questionnaires edited and coded

Receipt and checking of PES Documents

Maseru PES Coordinator June 2006 All PES questionnaires checked

Recruit and train editors and coders for the PES

Maseru PES Coordinator April 2006 8 Editors and coders recruited and trained

Manual editing and coding of PES

Maseru PES Coordinator July 2006 All questionnaires edited and coded

Matching of census and PES questionnaires

Maseru PES Coordinator June to September 2006

All PES and census questionnaires matched

Field reconciliation and finalization of the matching exercise

All districts PES Coordinator October 2006 Matched PES questionnaires available

Major Activity 5: EAs and SAs demarcation, production of maps and development of GIS

1. Definition of the methodology of the Cartography and GIS

Maseru GIS November 2003 Cartography and GIS Methodology developed

2. Preparation of manuals

Maseru GSI Jan to March 2005

All manuals and training materials produced

3. Engagement of Cartography and GIS company

Maseru BoS Feb to May 2005 Contract signed with GIS

4. Training in automated cartography

Pretoria GSI Apr 2005 3 BOS staff members were trained

5. Training in Census cartography and office demarcation

Maseru GSI May 2005 4 BOS staff members were trained

6. Training of field work staff in census cartography

Maseru GSI May and September 2005

25 Field work staff trained

7. Taking inventory of base maps and cartographic equipment

Maseru GSI Nov 2003 All base maps, GIS and cartography equipment have been evaluated

8. Procure and install the equipment and software for GIS and cartography

Maseru GSI Apr to May 2005 GIS, cartographic, office equipment and required software were installed

9. Data acquisition and data base creation (at the office)

Maseru ITPD May 2005 to Jan 2006

SPOT-5 (2.5m resolution) with correct administrative boundaries, and EAs demarcation

10: Training of census management systems

BoS ITPD January 2006 5 persons trained in Census Management system

93

INDICATORS AND MAJOR ACTVITIES

ACTIVITIES PLACE RESPONSIBLE PARTY

TIMING START and END

OUTPUT

11. Field work for verification/correcting of EAs and SAs demarcations and collecting all the required data on institutions

Lesotho GIS Jun 2005 to Feb 2006

Field work for verification/correcting of EAs and SAs demarcations done

12. Production of Enumeration and Supervision area maps

Maseru GIS Jan to March 2006

Enumeration and supervision area maps produced

13. Development of the sampling frame and master sample frame

Maseru GIS June to September 2006

Sampling and master frame produced

12. Digitizing and printing EA’s and SA’s corrected maps.

BoS GIS May 2005 to Mar 2006

All required maps printed

13: Creation of Master Sample Frame

Lesotho GIS July to Oct 2006 Enumeration Areas selected and segmentation done for intercensal surveys

14. Compilation of the village list

Maseru GIS October 2006 to May 2007

Village list produced

15. Compilation of the household population

Maseru GIS July to December 2006

Publication on household population produced

16. Production and Printing of Thematic maps and the graphic for the analysis and dissemination as well as Population Census Atlas.

Maseru GIS January to June 2007

All required maps produced and atlas printed

Major Activity 6: Advocacy and publicity activities in support of the census

Establishment of a Census Advocacy and Publicity Office, and appointment of national publicity staff and district publicity officers

Maseru Census Commissioner

June 2005 Office established and officers nominated

Training workshop for National Publicity Officer and district publicity officers

Maseru Bureau of Statistics/ Census Publicity Committee

June 2005 Publicity officers trained

Organize information and sensitization workshop to gain the commitment and support of senior government officials for the Census

Maseru/ National Census Publicity Office

Bureau of Statistics/ Census Publicity Committee

November 2005 Workshop organized and Senior government officials served as advocates for the Census

Organize information and sensitization workshop for media practitioners

Maseru/ National Census Publicity Office

Bureau of Statistics/ Census Publicity Committee

November 2005 Workshop for media practitioners held

Organize information and sensitization workshop for district officials and local public figures in 24 wards

National Publicity Office

Bureau of Statistics/ Census Publicity Committee

Jan 2006 10 district workshop organized and local awareness created and commitment strengthened

Networking with Maseru and Bureau of Jan to April 2006 Meetings held

94

INDICATORS AND MAJOR ACTVITIES

ACTIVITIES PLACE RESPONSIBLE PARTY

TIMING START and END

OUTPUT

nongovernmental organizations, CCL, LCN and civil society.

districts Statistics/ Census Publicity Committee

Design, test, produce and disseminate IEC materials

Maseru BOS/ Advocacy and Publicity Committee

Jun to Oct. 2005 IEC materials produced and disseminated

Produce radio/TV serials

Maseru BoS/ Advocacy and Publicity Committee

Aug to Sept 2005 Radio/TV serial produced

Design, testing, and production of radio/TV jingles, ads

Maseru BOS/ Advocacy and Publicity Committee

Aug to Sept 2005 Radio/TV jingles, ads Produced

Production and distribution of banners, stickers, T-shirts, caps, billboards, posters

Maseru BOS/ Advocacy and Publicity Committee

Aug. 2005 to March 2006

banners, stickers, T-shirts, caps, billboards, posters produced and distributed

Broadcast of radio/TV jingles, radio serials

Maseru Bureau of Statistics/ Publicity Committee

Jan to Apr 2006 Radio/TV jingles, radio serials broadcast

Insert Census messages on civil servants’ payslips

Maseru Bureau of Statistics/ Publicity Committee

Dec 2005 to April 2006

Messages inserted

Send Census messages on Econet and VCL

Maseru Bureau of Statistics/ Publicity Committee

April 2006 Messages sent

Mount billboards, place banners

Maseru/ districts

Bureau of Statistics/ Publicity Committee

Feb 2006 Billboards and banners placed

Organize radio and TV talk shows

Maseru Bureau of Statistics Publicity Committee

June 2005 to April 2006

Talk shows organized

Perform brass band procession on Africa Statistics Day

Maseru Bureau of Statistics Publicity Committee

Nov 2005 Brass band procession performed

Place inserts in 8 papers

Maseru Publicity Committee

Jan to Mar 2006 Inserts placed in newspapers

Press release, press conference to launch Census by Minister of Finance

Maseru Bureau of Statistics/ Publicity Office

April 2006 Press release published and press conference organized

Monitoring and evaluation of Census advocacy and publicity activities

Maseru / Districts

Bureau of Statistics/ Publicity Committee

Ongoing Monitoring and evaluation done and report published

Major Activity 7: Data capture and processing

7.01 Finalization of the institutions questionnaire

Maseru ITPD and DLSS June 2005 to June 2005

Questionnaire ready to be used during cartographic field work

7.02 Participation in the design of the tabulation plan

Maseru ITPD and DLSS June 2005 to October 2005

Requirements available to adjust final questionnaire

7.04 Finalization of Geographic and administrative area coding system

Maseru ITPD and DLSS June 2005 to July 2005

Coding system ready for geo-coding of questionnaires

95

INDICATORS AND MAJOR ACTVITIES

ACTIVITIES PLACE RESPONSIBLE PARTY

TIMING START and END

OUTPUT

7.05 Preparation of LOOK UP file for control of the geo-coding during data entry

Maseru ITPD June 2005 to July 2005

Control file ready for data capture

7.06 Development of data processing procedures

Maseru ITPD June 2005 to July 2005

Data entry procedures ready to be used /tested for pilot census

7.07 Procurement/installation of computer equipment for pilot census ITDP

Maseru ITPD June 2005 to July 2005

Computers ready for data entry/data processing of pilot census

7.08 Development of Data Entry program and data entry control program for pilot census

Maseru ITPD June 2005 to July 2005

Data entry program ready to be used/tested for pilot census

7.09 Preparation of coding and data entry manuals

Maseru ITPD July 2005 to August 2005

Coding and data entry manuals ready to be used/tested for pilot census

7.10 Development of consistency control program (for pilot census evaluation)

Maseru ITPD July 2005 to September 2005

Consistency checks program ready for the evaluation of the pilot census

Data Processing of the pilot census: 7.12 Training of coders and data entry operators for pilot census

Maseru ITPD and DLSS August 2005 to August 2005

Coders and data entry operators trained to code and capture pilot census questionnaire

7.13 Pilot census coding and data entry

Maseru ITPD and DLSS August 2005 to

September 2005

Data available to be processed for pilot census evaluation

7.14 Data processing of pilot census (consistency checks and CROSSTAB tabulation)

Maseru ITPD September 2005

to September

2005

List of inconsistencies and statistical tables ready for the evaluation

7.15 Development of CENTS tabulation programs for specific tables (pilot)

Maseru ITPD July 2005 to

September 2005

Complex tables that may be required for evaluation available

7.22 Finalization of statistical tables layout / FORMAT’s

Maseru ITPD and DLSS ASAP – May 2006 Tabulation plan finalized and Statistical table layouts ready for tabulation

7.23 Development of tabulation programs

Maseru ITPD July 2006 to

September 2006

Tabulation programs ready for tabulation plan

7.24 Finalization of data entry procedures and programs as well as manuals for coders/data entry operators

Maseru ITPD September 2006

to October 2006

Procedures, programs and manuals ready for coding and data entry

Main Census Data processing

7.29 Reception /manual check / storage of questionnaires

Maseru ITPD May 2006 to June

2006

All questionnaires stored at BOS and check for missing EA or part of EA as well as geo-identification

96

INDICATORS AND MAJOR ACTVITIES

ACTIVITIES PLACE RESPONSIBLE PARTY

TIMING START and END

OUTPUT

7.30 Manual processing of the questionnaires for the preliminary results

Maseru ITPD June 2006 to

September 2006

Questionnaires ready for the data entry of the summary (population by EA)

7.31 Recruitment and training of the coders

Maseru ITPD August 2006 Coders ready to proceed with coding

7.32 Recruitment and training of the data entry operators

Maseru ITPD September 2006

Data entry operators ready to proceed with data capture

7.33 Verification/coding of the census questionnaires

Maseru ITPD September 2006 –

March 2007

All questionnaires coded, ready for data analysis

7.34 Data entry and verification of the questionnaires

Maseru ITPD October 2006 to

March 2007

Raw data file ready for editing

7.35 Tabulation of the preliminary results

Maseru ITPD October 2006 to

January 2007

Tabulation plan for the Preliminary results available

7.36 Workshop on edit specifications

Maseru DLSS + ITPD September 2006

Edit specifications designed jointly by IT and subject matter staff ready to be programmed

7.37 Finalization of the edit program

Maseru ITPD 1 September 2006

to October 2006

Edit program ready to clean the raw data file

7.38 Final editing (automated and manual corrections) of the census data file

Maseru ITPD November 2006

Final clean census data file ready for tabulation and all subsequent use

7.39 Coding of the villages institutions questionnaire/cattle posts and of the Post Enumeration Survey

Maseru ITPD October 2006 to

November 2006

Village questionnaires ready to be captured

7.40 Data entry of the institutions / cattle posts questionnaires and of the Post Enumeration Survey

Maseru ITPD November 2006 to

December 2006

PES data, Village institutions data and cattle posts data file ready for processing

7.41 Tabulation and printing of statistical tables

Maseru ITPD December 2006 to

December 2007

All tables of the tabulation plan produced, printed and given to the analysts

7.42 Processing of the village data / production directory/profile of villages

Maseru ITPD and GIS December 2006 to

October 2007

Directory and profile of villages/town available

7.43 Thematic mapping and census data base / conversion of the data file to SPSS and other formats

Maseru ITPD January 2007 to

February 2007

Thematic maps given to analyst for insertion into their analysis reports

7.44 In-house training workshop for subject matter Division on TRS, CrossTab and MapView

Maseru DLSS and ITPD January 2007 to

January 2007

Analysts trained to use TRS and to produce additional tables as well as thematic maps

7.45 Support to the analysis activities and preparation of the

Maseru DLSS and ITPD January 2007 to

May 2007

IT staff provides technical support to the subject matter

97

INDICATORS AND MAJOR ACTVITIES

ACTIVITIES PLACE RESPONSIBLE PARTY

TIMING START and END

OUTPUT

analysis workshop people during analysis, particularly in producing complex statistical tables.

7.46 Specific tabulation during the Analysis workshop

Maseru DLSS and ITPD June 2007 to

June 2007

IT staff provides all required technical support to the workshop

Activity 8.5: Dissemination of census results

All districts National and district coordinators

October 2007 Census analytical report disseminated

0ne-day workshop/seminar to promote wider utilization of data for participants from government ministries/agencies, private sector, research institutes, universities and civil society

Maseru Bureau of Statistics/ Publicity Committee

November 2008 Workshop/seminar organized

Workshop for media practitioners on Census reporting

Maseru Bureau of Statistics/ Publicity Committee

November 2007 Workshop/seminar organized

Organization of press conference and radio/TV talk show for the publication of Census results

Maseru Bureau of Statistics/ Publicity Committee

December 2008 Press conference and talk show organized

Design and production of the census CD-ROM for dissemination

Maseru ITPD October 2008

All relevant documents for dissemination are assembled on a CD-ROM

IT support for the publishing

Maseru ITPD February 2009 IT staff provides all required technical support for publishing

Development of Census Web pages

Maseru ITPD February 2009 Lesotho census web page available world wide

Design and production of the census CD-ROM for dissemination

Maseru ITPD March 2009 All relevant documents for dissemination are assembled on a CD-ROM

Major activity 9: Development of functional databases

Development of functional databases

Maseru ITPD March 2009 Population census database available

INDICATORS AND MAJOR ACTVITIES

ACTIVITIES PLACE RESPONSIBLE PARTY

TIMING START and END

OUTPUT

Output C: Increased utilization at all levels (national and local) of development data, for designing, monitoring and evaluating development programmes.

Indicator 4: % (number) of professional staff at national and local levels trained in the utilization of population data for planning, monitoring and evaluation.

98

INDICATORS AND MAJOR ACTVITIES

ACTIVITIES PLACE RESPONSIBLE PARTY

TIMING START and END

OUTPUT

Major Activity 10: In-depth analysis of relevant themes such as poverty, impact of HIV/AIDS, gender dimensions, migration, etc

Training of data users at various levels

All Districts Head DLSS and Consultants

April 2009 Training of data users at various levels

Distribute required census data to users

All Districts Head DLSS April 2009 Distribution required census data to users

Output D: Strengthened capacity of the Bureau of Statistics (BoS) on data collection, processing, analysis, dissemination and utilization of large scale development data Indicator 6: Existence of a comprehensive training plan for staff. Indicator 7: % of BoS professional staff trained in various technical skills. Indicator 8: Existence of fully functioning BoS. Major activity 11: Training of census technical personnel, provision of technical/manpower support including refurbishing and strengthening of existing equipment

Recruit Census Technical Adviser (CTA) in Demography

International Census Commissioner

April 2009 CTA recruited and working at BOS

Training of Technical Personnel

Maseru Census Commissioner

May 2009

99

ANNEX 2

2006 POPULATION AND HOUSING CENSUS

CENSUS TRAINING MANUAL Bureau of Statistics P.O Box 455 Maseru 100 Tel: 266 22323852 Fax: 266 22310177 February 2006

100

2006 Population and Housing Training Manual

1. Census Enumerators must be trained to a high level of proficiency for ten days, including weekends.

2. The training of the Census Enumerators is perhaps the most critical exercise of the whole census. The Enumerators have to get everything right and data collection will be a success.

3. The Training is perhaps the most critical exercise of the whole census. It is in everybody’s best interest that the training should be good, and it will fully repay all care and devotion to it.

4. The objective is to ensure that no mistakes are made, that coverage is complete and that the data are accurate.

5. The Secondary objective is to ensure that if mistakes are made they will be put right on the spot.

6. Before training starts District Census Officers and Supervisors must be thoroughly familiar with the back ground to the census, with the questionnaire, with the Manual for Enumerator’s and with the Instruction for Supervisors.

7. The Manual for the Enumerators is the key document in the enumeration after the questionnaire itself. There is no questionnaire problem likely to arise that cannot be dealt with by reference to it.

8. There is nothing technically difficult about the work of an Enumerator. It is merely to complete a simple questionnaire accurately. If a man cannot learn to do this in five days then he never will, and he must be got rid of before he has the chance to serious harm. If you allow incompetent enumerators to slip through the training, then you are laying up trouble for yourself and the census operation.

9. Although it is not difficult, training at this level is laborious and demanding great patience. What follows is the basic syllabus. It must be adhered to.

10. Sessions should always be kept short, preferably around one hour. There should always be ample time for discussions and questions as shown on the timetable.

11. For the theoretical sessions the Census Enumerators may be addressed together. There after they should be split into groups with Supervisors in direct control of each. The Supervisor should have in his group those enumerators for whom he will be responsible, they will be able to get on terms with each other and the Supervisor will have a chance to assess his teams as individuals. \

12. The first session should cover the background of the census. The law should be summarized so that each Enumerator is aware of his duties.

13. The first of all items of equipment should be practically demonstrated. It is no use issuing self-adhesive labels if the enumerator does not know that he must strip the backing from them before they can be affixed.

14. The Enumerators should be trained on the use of maps thoroughly, and they should know the conventional signs used, the names of the villages in their areas, the number of Institutions, Cattle Posts and schools mapped, the scale and how to orientate themselves.

15. Each Enumerator and Assistant Supervisor should be issued Enumerators Manual and Supervisor’s Manual. They These Manuals should be read paragraph by paragraph.

101

16. Enumerators should be introduced to all parts of the Questionnaire, and should have in front of them a blank copy of this Questionnaire. The instructions should be read paragraph by paragraph with reference to the Questionnaire and questions should be invited at the end of each session.

17. When the Census Supervisors are satisfied that the manual is understood, pairs of groups of Enumerators should be joined and conduct mock interviews.

102

ANNEX 3

2006 Population and Housing census Listing Form District…………………………...Code………………Constituency Code……………………. EA Code…………………Village…………………………..…Code………………….

Serial Number

Type of use:- R, N and B*

Name of Household Head Number of Persons

Remarks

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

*R = Residential, N = Nonresidential, and B = Both Bureau of Statistics, P.O. Box 455, Maseru 100, Tel: 266 22323852, Fax: 266 22310177

103

ANNEX 4

KINGDOM OF LESOTHO

CENSUS SUPERVISORS MANUAL

2006 LESOTHO POPULATION AND HOUSING CENSUS Bureau of Statistics P.O. Box 455 Maseru. 100 Tel: 266 22323852/22326393 Fax: 266 22310177 MARCH 2006

104

Table of contents Title Page

Introduction… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …3

Organizational Structure… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …… … …..3

Conditions of Service… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ……4

Your Job… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ….4

Public Relations… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .5

Assignment of Duties … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ….5

Field Supplies and Information… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … …5

Reporting Progress… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .5

Supervising the Field Work… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .6

A. Check of Coverage… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ..6

B. Checking The Questionnaire… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ..8

Detailed checks… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ..9

Final Check… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .10

Acceptance / Rejection of Work… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … 11

End of Enumeration Activities… … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … ..11

Collection of Completed Work … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … … .12

105

A. INTRODUCTION

POPULATION AND HOUSING CENSUS

1. Population census is the complete process of collecting, compiling, evaluating, analyzing and publishing or disseminating demographic, economic and social data within a specified time, to all country’s population. 2. Housing census is the total process of collecting, compiling evaluating and publishing or otherwise disseminating statistical data pertaining at a specified time to all occupants of the country. 3. The term ‘census’ implies that each individual within a country should be enumerated. 4. Census is held in order to provide information, which is essential for both the formulation of sound development plans and effective administrative decisions. It is of greatest importance to everyone living in Lesotho. B. Organizational Structure 5. Lesotho is divided into 10 districts 80 constituencies and Enumeration Areas within constituencies. 6. The Director of the Bureau of Statistics is responsible to the Lesotho Government for the overall census undertaking and the census organization structure is as shown below: - The 2006 Population and Housing Organization Structure

MINISTER OF FINANCE AND DEVELOPMENT PLANNING PS FINANCE AND DEVELOPMENT PLANNING

DIRECTOR BUREAU OF STATISTICS CENSUS COMMISSIONER

DEPUTY CENSUS COMMISSIONER REGIONAL CENSUS COORDINATORS

DISTRICT COORDINATORS CENSUS SUPERVISORS

CENSUS ENUMERATORS CENSUS COMMITTEES

7. To help you carry out your work successfully, you will be aided by a district census coordinators. The supervisor has been posted in the field to help you with your difficulties and will guide you to your enumeration areas. He/she will participate in training you for the job and will check on the accuracy and completeness of your work.

8. Each Enumeration Area (EA) is the responsibility of an Enumerator who is required to visit every household in it and to record the information required of all persons. You are responsible for the EA's to which you have been assigned.

106

C. Conditions of Service 9. Because of the importance of the survey and the complexity of the questionnaire a minimum standard of G.C.E./C.O.S.C. is required in Educational qualifications. 10. Employment will only be offered to those who will satisfy the standard set at the training course in both theoretical as well as practical work. As a supervisor you have to master the questionnaire and know your role. 11. You will be trained for a period of 10 days. After the training you will be sent to your Areas of supervision made up of EAs assigned to you by your supervisor. You will work in this area until enumeration is completed. 12. During fieldwork, you will be expected to work everyday including irregular hours, starting your supervision very early in the morning and stopping late at night. Remember you have to check each enumerator as early as possible during the period of enumeration. 13. Transport to your area will be provided by the Office of Statistics if ever necessary. In the mountain areas, when necessary, hire horses to travel to EAs under your supervision. 14. On reaching your areas of work, you have to seek and find your own accommodation in one of the villages, preferably one that is centrally situated within the area. In this situation you will find most village headmen very helpful. 15. You have to provide your own food and clothing. D. Your Job 16. You are a survey officer and your legal duties are prescribed in the Statistics Act of 1965. They will be explained to you during training sessions. 17. You will be responsible, under the constituency supervisor, for: (i) Maintaining good relations with the public, (ii) Assigning work to the enumerators, (iii) Supplying enumerators with the necessary materials and information, (iv) Reporting progress and serving as a link between the constituency, Supervisors and enumerators; (v) Close supervision of the work; (vi) Detailed checks on the enumerator's work; (vii) Collection of completed work. E. Public Relations 18. The survey can only succeed with the cooperation of the people. It is your duty to secure cooperation with public. 19. Your main task is to ensure that the work goes on smoothly and to settle any difficulties, which may arise from time to time. Make sure that the enumerators behave in a manner that is tactful and respectful of all whom they encounter.

107

20. It may be that from time to time, through no fault of his/hers an enumerator encounters difficulties with members of the public. He/she will report this to you as soon as possible. You should at once look into the difficulties on the spot and try to settle them. 21. If in spite of your best efforts, the person still continues to obstruct survey officers in their duty, you should inform your constituency supervisor immediately. F. Assignment of Duties 22. As an assistant supervisor, you will participate in assigning duties to the enumerators. Of the five EAs you will be supervising, assign each to an enumerator. Each enumerator is supposed to complete the assignment within the enumeration period. G. Field Supplies and Information 23. Before going into the field with your enumerators, you must make sure that you have been issued all the materials you will need for carrying out the census. In addition, check that all the necessary information that you need during your stay in the field is available to you. H. Reporting Progress 24. From time to time, as your supervisor may direct, you should make progress reports to him about the work and any other matter on which you may need his/her help. You will serve as a link between the constituency supervisor and the enumerators. I. Supervising the Field Work 25. This is the most important part of your duties. We depend upon good supervision for the quality of the information we get from the survey. 26. You will be required to supervise the work in a number of Enumeration Areas (EAs as directed by your supervisor). 27. Since as a supervisor one of your main duties is to supervise enumerators and guide them, you will also have to be a good enumerator. You must therefore become familiar with your area, all the schedules and the instructions issued to Enumerators. 28. The work of the Enumerator should be checked in the field. You must ensure that they are in possession of all necessary documents, that they are in the field at the prescribed time and that they perform their duty satisfactorily. 29. During your field visits you will check the completeness and accuracy of the questionnaires. a. Check of Coverage 30. A "check of coverage" in the field is aimed at measuring the extent to which the Enumerator has been able to cover the following:

108

(i) All the villages in the area assigned to him; (ii) All the households in all the villages assigned; (iii) All persons in the household, all outdoors sleepers, inmates of institutions, and persons in hotels, rest houses etc.

It should be emphasized that enumeration should not stop until you are satisfied that all persons have been enumerated and all EAs have been covered. 31. You must check before 09th April 2006 that in the rural areas Enumerators' Lists of Villages (a copy of which should be in your possession) include all the villages in the EAs under your supervision. 32. You must ensure that all the institutions and hotels have been identified and mapped. 33. You must ensure that all dwellings are visited, and that at the end of enumeration every house in your area bears a label showing that it has been visited (see paragraph 35) 34. All dwellings are to be visited by the enumerator. You must arrange your visits in advance. Before census night, ask your enumerators to prepare their itineraries for the coverage of their EA, so that you are in a position to find them each day. You will inform your supervisor about your own movements so that they can contact you should the need arise.

35. All dwellings visited by an enumerator should have been marked with their White or green sticker. A white label means enumeration has been effected, while a Green label means that enumeration has not taken place. Enumerators will have been instructed to enter codes on the Green label indicating why enumeration has not taken place. Code 2 on the Green sticker means that the enumerator has ascertained that people slept in that dwelling the night before his first visit and therefore he has to make a revisit to enumerate the people. Code 3 on the Green sticker means that the dwelling is unoccupied, and therefore the enumerator will not revisit it. Code 4 on the Green sticker means that for some other reasons enumeration has not taken place; some of these reasons may be that enumeration was not completed either due to sudden bereavement or other reasons. If for any other reason (e.g. refusal) the enumerator will not put any sticker at all but will write down the details of the household on the call- back list and report the problem to you. You must crosscheck these codes and ensure that the enumerators are correct in their interpretation and most particularly that they are not shirking their duties. 36. During your field visits, you should select five households at random in each EA under your supervision and list the usual members of the household and their visitors who spent the reference census night in the dwelling units as well as usual members of the household who were absent. 37. You will record the names and the residence status of the persons (member present, visitor etc.) on the special form designed for that purpose.

109

Note that in rural areas where an EA consists of more than one village you should select the households from more than one village. 38. In some cases you may record the names of persons in the selected dwelling units before the regular enumerator enumerates the persons in those dwelling units. You should therefore explain the purpose of your visit and inform them that the regular enumerator will also visit the household to interview them and record their detailed particulars. 39. When your enumerators hand over their questionnaires to you after completion of enumeration you should use your completed forms for the final check of coverage. 40. You should check that the enumerators have also covered the questionnaires completed by the enumerators with your forms to ensure that the households and the number of persons you recorded. 41. If in your check you find the discrepancy of less than five persons in an EA which cannot be explained by the arrival and departure of visitors to the dwelling units you should ask the enumerator to go back to the field and make the necessary correction. 42. For discrepancies involving five or more persons you should inform your constituency supervisor who may order a re-enumeration of the area concerned. 43. A failure to obtain some or all information for one or more households is called 'non-response'. One of your important supervisory duties is to reduce the extend of 'non-response' as much as possible. 44. Non-response may arise from various sources but the most important ones are: (a) The enumerator’s inability to find the respondent at home for the interview. (b) The respondent's refusal to be interviewed. One of the most effective ways of reducing the extend of non-response is to make repeated visits to the household, particularly for the case where the respondent is 'not at home'. 45. If the entire household is temporarily absent at the time of the first call the household record should be assigned to the household by entering the identification particulars, household number and name of household head (if ascertainable). b. Checking the Questionnaire 46. In addition to the general supervision, you will make certain of other checks, which are designed to ensure that we get complete and accurate information from the census. 47. These checks must not be allowed to hold up progress of the survey. You will work as long hours as may be necessary to enable you to complete your checks before the enumerator leaves the village and or area he/she is working on.

110

48. Check whether rejected questionnaires have been crossed out, and none have been pulled out of the book. Also check that writing is legible. 49. You will make at least one spot check on each enumerator under your control during enumeration. You must be present at least during one complete interview to ensure that each enumerator does his/her work correctly. It is best that you complete these checks during the first three days of enumeration because if mistakes are only discovered at the end, it will be much difficult to correct them. When the interview is finished and the enumerator has signed the questionnaire you should write your name in full and also 'present' at interview. 50. Use a ballpoint pen for corrections and any remarks you make on the questionnaire. (Enumerators use blue; Supervisors use red, green is for survey Office only). 51. In no circumstances should an entry be crossed-out so that it cannot be read. If you find it necessary to make corrections, or to instruct the enumerator to make them, the wrong entry should be crossed out using one line, and the correction made neatly using the appropriate pen. 52. During enumeration you will check your enumerator's daily output, carrying out checks as specified in paragraph 54. Do not take away EA books from an enumerator. Stop him for a few minutes, if necessary, and check the questionnaire he has completed since you last saw him. Send him back to correct any mistakes before going on to enumerate other households. 53. A mistake is an entry or omission that cannot be corrected automatically except by going back to the household concerned. c. Detailed checks 54. You will make a detailed check of each completed questionnaire starting with part A on Identification. Check That: (i) The household number has been entered in appropriate boxes and ensures that different households in the same village do not have the same number, and in urban areas different households in the same EA do not have the same household number. (ii) There are no blank columns. (iii) In columns 2 and 4, no children are recorded as being older than their parents. (iv) In column 6 no person is recorded as married (codes 2 and 3), separated (code 4), divorced (code 5) or widowed (code 6) if less than 12 years (column 4). (v) If code 1 has been recorded in column 21 then entry in column 22 is coded ‘NA'. NA in column 22 applies to all those aged 0 to 1 year. (vi) Columns 27 and 28 are clearly described. In column 27 type of work done should be specified e.g. Typist, Personnel officers, Accountant, Driver, Medical Doctor etc. In column 28 main activity or main produce or service of place where worked should be clearly specified e.g. Gold Mine, Garage, Filling Station, Wholesale, Retail Shop, Ministry of Education etc.

111

(vii) If questions on fertility apply to an individual number of children living with a particular individual should be equal to the number listed in column 1. Check with the enumerator for any inconsistencies. If this cannot be resolved the enumerator should be sent back. (viii) Children should relate to females 12 to 49 years and there should be consistency otherwise enter 00 in column 33 if a woman is 12 to 49 years and has never born a child. d. Final Check 55. The final check will take place after the enumeration when the Enumerator hands over to you the entire census documents. This final check, is the last opportunity for you to correct serious errors. In some cases, you will have to send the enumerator back to the field to correct the mistakes. If the enumeration was bad you will have to report to your constituency supervisor who may send another enumerator to re-enumerate the whole or part of the EA. 56. If your first Field Check was scrupulously carried out, any shortcomings in the work of the enumerator would have been detected and corrected and there would be no need for re-enumeration. Your final check would then serve as confirmation that the enumeration was satisfactory. 57. The final check will be carried out in the same way as your field check. This means that you will carry out the following check on all the questionnaires in addition to the final check of completeness of coverage of enumeration. (i) Check the Group Entries for errors (i.e. missing, wrong, ague and inconsistent entries) (ii) Check the individual entries for omissions. (iii) Check that the number of villages enumerated in an enumeration book agrees with the number listed on the front page and that all entries on this page have been made. J. Acceptance / Rejection of Work 58. Accept the work of an enumerator if there are only a few rows (40 rows or less) of the questionnaires for an EA with serious errors, which cannot be corrected in the office. Otherwise refer the case to your constituency supervisor who may order re-enumeration of the area concerned by another enumerator. K. End of Enumeration Activities 59. At the end of enumeration the enumerator will report to you that he/she has finished work. You will then check his/her books. Make sure that:

(a) All questionnaire forms are still in the books and that none taken out

112

(b) All totals are correct and have been correctly entered on the control list and at the front cover of the enumeration books. 60. Then carry out the checks detailed in paragraph 54 on the completed questionnaires in each EA books. If you find any mistakes, you should send the enumerator back to correct them. See paragraph 53 for the definition of a mistake. 61. When you are satisfied that all is in order sign the front cover. 62. Your signature on the front cover means that you have made all the necessary checks and that the work is satisfactory. It is your certificate that the enumerator is to be paid. 63. Remember that all your work will be checked in turn. The constituency supervisor will check all the questionnaires you have initialed and if you have passed mistakes without explanation, you may be penalized. L. Collection of Completed Work 64. Check that the enumeration kit is complete and in turn issue the enumerator a receipt, that is the Delivery and Retrieval form with his/her signature and your signature attached to it. 65. After completing work in the area under your supervision hand over the work to your constituency supervisor who will also issue you a receipt.

113

ANNEX 5

BUREAU OF STATISTICS LESOTHO

2006 POPULATION AND HOUSING CENSUS

INSTRUCTIONS

TO

ENUMERATORS Bureau of Statistics P.O. Box 455 Maseru 100 Tel: 266 22323852 Fax: 266 22310177 APRIL 2006

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 1 ............................................................................................................ 3 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................. 3 Legal Basis ...................................................................................................... 3 Confidentiality ................................................................................................. 3 The Census Organization ................................................................................. 4 Census Organization Structure ........................................................................ 4 Role of Enumerator .......................................................................................... 5 Interviewing Techniques .................................................................................. 5 Refusal and Difficult cases ............................................................................... 6 Equipment ...................................................................................................... 6 Careful Handling of Materials .......................................................................... 7 Conditions of Service ....................................................................................... 7 PART II ACTIVITIES OF ENUMERATION .......................................................... 8 Training .......................................................................................................... 8 The Enumeration Area ..................................................................................... 8 Preparation of Itinerary .................................................................................... 9 PART III ENUMERATION DOCUMENTS ………………………………………………9 Enumerators Record of visits ………………………………………….………………..9 Retrieval and Delivery forms …………………………………………..………………..9 PART IV HOW TO COMPLETE THE QUESTIONNAIRE .................................... 10 PART V WHO TO ENUMERATE ...................................................................... 11 Examples of visitor ........................................................................................ 12 Period of enumeration .................................................................................... 12 Who to interview ............................................................................................ 12 PART VI THE QUESTIONNAIRE SCHEDULE ................................................ 12 Part A of the questionnaire ............................................................................ 13 Part B of the questionnaire ............................................................................ 14 Part C of the questionnaire……………………………….………………….…………20 Part D of the questionnaire…………… ……………….………………………….....20 Part E of the questionnaire……………………………………………………………..22 Part F of the questionnaire………………………………………………….………….26 Part G of the questionnaire.…………………………………………………………….28 Part H of the questionnaire.………………………………………………………..…..28 Part I of the questionnaire.…………………………………………… ………….……31 PART VII HOW TO ACHIEVE COMPLETE COVERAGE……………….…….…….31 What to do after enumeration……………………………………….......................32 Annex 1………………………………………………………………………………….......34 Annex 2………………………………………………………………………………….……36 Annex 3……………………………………………………………………………………….46 Annex 4……………………………………………………………………………………….58

115

PART 1 INTRODUCTION What is a Population census? 1. A population census is a complete count of every inhabitant of a given geographic entity at a given time. It is usually done every ten years in Lesotho. 2. The definition used by the United Nations is as follows: “A census of population may be defined as the total process of collecting, compiling and publishing demographic, economic and social data pertaining, at a specified time or times, to all persons in a country or delimited territory”

Objectives and uses 3. To review, facilitate and update periodic planning and evaluation of population

activities. 4. Lesotho policy makers and development planners need to know the number of

Basotho, young children, adults of working age and old people in order to formulate sound development plans and make effective administrative decisions. They need the information in the preparation of realistic plans for the provision of adequate infrastructure and services

5. The data is not only used at the national level but it is also used for small areas such as villages and towns. Legal Basis

6. The Statistics Act of 2001 authorizes the Bureau of Statistics to collect information

in relation to population and housing as directed by the Minister of finance and development planning. According to the act, every person shall to the best of his knowledge and belief answer, when so required, all questions asked. The Statistics Act therefore provides the legal authority for the 2006 Population and Housing Census of Lesotho. The act also provides penalties in the form of a fine or imprisonment if either you or members of the public fail in their duties.

Confidentiality 7. All information obtained from persons and households will be in strict

confidence as required by law (the Statistics Act, 2001). All information will be used and made available to other persons in the aggregate form only. No individual information (Or questionnaire) will be released to anyone except to the personnel of the Bureau of Statistics for the compilation of the required statistics.

116

8. You are not permitted to discuss information obtained, gossip about it or show your records to anyone who is not an authorized officer in the census organization. Make all entries of the questionnaire yourself. Do not leave your questionnaire lying around where an unauthorized person may have access to it. The Census Organization 9. Lesotho is divided into 80 constituencies and enumeration areas within constituencies.

10. The Director of the Bureau of Statistics is responsible to the Lesotho Government for censuses undertaking.

2006 POPULATION AND HOUSING CENSU STRUCTURE

BUREAU OF STATISTICS CENSUS STRUCTURE

MINISTER OF FINANCE AND DEVELOPMENT PLANNING

PRINCIPAL SECRETARY OF FINANCE AND DEVELOPMENT PLANNING

CENSUS COMMISSIONER

CENSUS SUPERVISORS

REGIONAL CENSUS COORDINATORS

DEPUTY CENSUS COMMISSIONER

DISTRICT CENSUS COORDINATORS

CENSUS ENUMERATORS

117

Role of Enumerator 11. The success of the census depends mainly on good enumeration. Bad

enumeration may only mean that a lot of resources would have been spend on worthless information which can only lead to wrong decisions being made by Government.

12. Your job is to ENUMERATE EVERY HOUSEHOLD IN YOUR ENUMERATION AREA.

It is to ask questions, to record the answers that are required. It is the most important single job in the census. You must make an effort to obtain complete and accurate answers and to record them correctly. Do not think that few households that are not counted will be of no importance. If each enumerator does think the same, the few omitted by all the enumerators individually could sum up to a considerable number.

Interviewing Techniques 13. Initially, when approaching a household for interview, gain the confidence of the

respondent to secure his/her willingness to answer your questions. 14. The first impression and the first things you do or say are of vital importance in

gaining the co-operation and confidence of the respondent. Start by introducing yourself, stating your name (if you are not known to the respondent) that you are an employee of the Bureau of Statistics and what your visit is all about. The following example may be followed.

“ Good morning. I am (your name) working for the Bureau of Statistics. My visit today is

part of the nation-wide census...” 15. As far as possible the questions on individuals should be answered by the

person concerned, that is himself/herself. Emphasize the confidentiality of the data being sought and explain that no individual’s name will be used and that information pooled will be made to public only in the form of statistical aggregates.

16. It is important that you remain absolutely neutral as you administer the

questionnaire. Do not lead the respondents to certain answers; do not show surprise, approval of the responses by your tone of voice or facial expression.

17. During the interview let the respondents take their time, never put answers in

their mouths. It may happen that the respondent’s answer to a question be incomplete or irrelevant, or that he/she has not been able to understand the question. If that happens you will need to obtain complete or relevant answers by asking some additional questions. This is called probing. It may take the

118

form of repeating or explaining the question. But again make sure that you do not suggest answers to the respondent.

18. When leaving the household and or village remember to thank the people for

their cooperation. Refusal and Difficult cases 19. Should you come across someone who refuses to answer questions, continue to be courteous. Point out the importance of the census to the national development. Inform him/her that the operation is not being undertaken in connection with the political activities, such as elections or for tax collection purposes. Also information about individual persons will be treated with utmost confidentiality. Should the person still be uncooperative, report the matter to the village headman first and, if still necessary, to your supervisor.

20. Inform the respondents that the individual names listed on the questionnaire

are purely to make sure that every household selected is listed and that the information relates to that particular person. It also helps to ensure complete coverage and good quality information, and that it will never appear anywhere again in an individual form.

21. Should it also happen that an entire village refuses to cooperate, you must

report this to the headman and your supervisor at the earliest opportunity, either on his next visit to you or when you have completed the enumeration of the other villages in the E.A.

Equipment 22. When you have completed your training you will be supplied with a bag

containing the following: - (a) Questionnaires (b) E.A Boundary Description (c) Village List (d) Instruction to enumerators (e) Calendar of events (f) Identity cards (g) Letters of introduction (h) Pens (i) Green and white stickers (j) Enumerators record of visits (k) Pens (l) Pencils (m) Pencil sharpner (n) Eraser

119

Careful Handling of Materials 23. When you receive your field material you have to check the equipment and

make sure that it is complete before you sign for it. You are solely responsible for equipment until you have completed the assignment and handed everything to your supervisor who will in turn record the number of items received.

24. You should handle the census documents and other materials carefully. You

should never destroy any document. At the completion of your work, all census documents unused or canceled questionnaires should be returned to your supervisor.

Conditions of Service 25. Because of the importance of the census and the complexity of the

questionnaire willing temporary applicants with C.O.S.C and above will be engaged in enumeration.

26. Employment will only be offered to those who will satisfy the standards set at

the training course in both theoretical as well as practical work. 27. You will be trained for the period of two weeks. 28. You will also be working irregular hours starting your interviews very early in

the morning. Remember it is you who has to find the household members at their homes at those times, which are convenient to them. They have no obligation to await your arrival. DURING THE FIELDWORK, YOU WILL BE EXPECTED TO WORK EVERYDAY INCLUDING SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS. IT IS IMPORTANT TO UNDERSTAND THIS, AS THERE WILL BE NO EXCEPTIONS.

29. Transport to your area of work, if necessarily far, will in all cases be provided by

the Bureau of Statistics Office. In the mountain areas, your supervisor will authorize you to hire horses to take you to your areas whenever this should be necessary. However, as soon as you reach your area of work, you will have to travel on foot from village to village.

30. On reaching your area of work, you have to seek and find your own

accommodation in one of the villages, preferably one that is centrally situated within the area. In this connection you will find most village headmen very helpful.

31. You have to provide your own food and clothing.

120

PART II ACTIVITIES OF ENUMERATION

Training 32. You have been recruited as enumerators for the 2006 Population and Housing

Census. Before you actually go out to the field you will undergo an intensive two-weeks training.

33. The training will include reading of the manual paragraph by paragraph, giving

examples, discussions, tests and practicals. 34. Employment will be offered to those who satisfy the standards set at the

training course in both theoretical as well as practical work. The Enumeration Area 35. You will be allocated an enumeration area (EA), and you are required to visit

every dwelling unit in the area and complete the questionnaire relating to all persons in each unit.

36. An EA in the rural areas has a well-defined boundary and may be a village or a

group of villages. In the urban areas, an EA will comprise of well-defined block of dwelling units.

37. You will be provided with an EA boundary description and a list of villages

within your EA. Your supervisor will accompany you to your EA and show you its boundaries. Make sure that you are familiar with your EA and its boundaries before you record particulars of the households.

38. You are expected to complete your work within an allocated time. This will be

possible if you work conscientiously every day of the week of enumeration. You should however not stop work in the area until all households have been covered. If you realize that you may not be able to complete the work within an allocated time, you should inform your supervisor as soon as such an eminent delay is apparent.

39. All EA’s have been assigned a numerical code with 9 digits. The first two specify

the district, the second two show the constituency, the third pair indicates the community council, the seventh number shows the zone number and the last two indicate the E.A. number.

40. This number code is very important for identifying the location of any cluster of

villages; it is the principal guide for the office in directing all enumerators to their respective areas of work.

41. On reaching their EA’s there is a possibility that enumerators may find that in a

few cases names of villages have been mis-spelt or village names misplaced. It is therefore very important that, on reaching their respective areas, all

121

enumerators should ascertain that the villages listed for each EA are actually located in the area. Check with the village headman and make the necessary corrections.

42. Should it happen that a listed village is not known in the neighborhood, or

existing village has not been listed, the enumerator must report this to his/her supervisor during the first visit. If the enumerator is unable to report earlier she/he should continue with enumeration of this unlisted existing village but report afterwards.

Preparation of Itinerary 43. Once you are familiar with your EA and its boundaries, prepare an itinerary in

an orderly fashion. 44. You should use whatever means at your disposal to advise and warn villagers

about the approximate time you should expect to enumerate their villages. This will greatly facilitate your work in a large number of cases.

PART III ENUMERATION DOCUMENTS 45. All information required during the census is to be recorded on the

questionnaire. Enumerators Record of Visits (Enumerators control form) 46. At the end of village enumeration, before you move to the next village, complete

the control form. 47. Write the District, EA number; village name, relevant page numbers of that

village and whether enumerations was complete, and if it was not complete give reasons.

Retrieval and Delivery forms 48. For all material supplied, the enumerator has to acknowledge the receipt with

signature. Similarly when he/she returns the material after completing the assignment, the enumerator has to make sure that the receipt is acknowledged with signature by the supervisor.

122

PART IV HOW TO COMPLETE THE QUESTIONNAIRE

49. Fill in the questionnaire yourself. Remember that the information is strictly

confidential and that it must not be left lying about or given to anyone other than a census officer

50. List the names of the household members in the following order: -

� Head of the household regardless of whether he has slept in the household during the reference night or not. � Usual members of the household who slept in the household during the reference night. � Visitors who slept in the household during the reference night. � Usual members of the household who did not sleep in the household during the reference night and were absent and are elsewhere in Lesotho. � Usual members who are absent and are in the republic of South Africa. � Usual members who are absent, not in Lesotho and not in the Republic of South Africa.

51. Make sure that you list all members in column 1 appropriately before moving to

other columns. 52. Fill in the particulars of each person row by row until you get to the end. 53. Remember to use A FRESH QUESTIONNAIRE form for each household you

interview. 54. In the rare event that a household has more than 10 members you should

continue on the next form. Fill in all household particulars in part A of the second questionnaire and change the serial numbering on this form so that the first person on the second form will be number 11.

55. Use the pencil provided. Do not use felt pen or ballpoint pen. 56. Write legibly and keep the questionnaire clean. 57. If you make a mistake do rub it off neatly and write the correction legibly.

PART V WHO TO ENUMERATE 58. A household is one person or a group of persons who live together and have

common catering arrangements, whether or not they are related by blood or marriage.

59. The household is the most convenient small group of persons; for the purpose

of a census; and you will enumerate the population by household.

123

60. If two or more groups of persons live in the same dwelling unit and have separate living and eating arrangements, treat them as separate households.

61. A domestic servant who eats with the household should be included in the

household. However, if the servant cooks and eats separately she/he should be enumerated as living in a separate household.

62. In the same way, a visitor and any of his/her children who eat with the

household are counted as members of the household. Visitors are persons who do not stay or intend to stay longer than 6 months with the household members.

VISITORS-persons found in the household who slept there on the reference night whose purpose of stay is visit. The census cut-off duration of visit is six months if a person says s/he is a visitor but is with the household for more than six months s/he should be included among present members.

Examples of visitor

A married child, his wife and children who usually live with own family elsewhere but are found at parents’ house at the time of the census, should be treated as visitors.

An unmarried child who works elsewhere and usually lives in his/her own household should also be treated as a visitor in his/her parent’s house if found there during the census.

If this unmarried person lives alone but at night of the census was visiting friends or parents. In his residence there will be a callback and when he is found he will be considered as having present.

Students living with a household of which they are not usual members but are there for the purpose of schooling should be treated by that household where they were found as visitors.

63. A household may consist of one or more persons and may occupy a whole

building, part of a building or many buildings. 64. You should enumerate all usual members of the household and those visitors

who spent the reference night with the household. 65. Persons to be enumerated in private households will therefore be the following: -

� The household head irrespective of residential status � Usual members of the household who spent the reference night in the dwelling unit.

124

� Visitors who spent the reference night with the household and lived with the household for less than six months.

� Usual members of the household who were elsewhere in Lesotho for less than six months. Absent members who were in institutions such as boarding schools. Members in institutions such as the convents should be excluded irrespective of duration of residence.

� Usual members of the household who were in the Republic of South Africa (RSA) during the reference night and have been away (since their last visit) from the household for a period not exceeding three years e.g. migrant workers. � Usual members of the household who were not in Lesotho nor in the Republic of South Africa during the reference night and have been away since their last visit for a period of less than three years.

Period of enumeration 66. Enumeration is expected to take two weeks.

Who to interview 67. You must interview as many respondents in the household as may be necessary

to enable you to obtain accurate information of all persons who were in the household on the reference night. It will be best if the head of the household is present for interview, if not, one responsible adult can give the information required, except for child headed households.

PART VI THE QUESTIONNAIRE SCHEDULE 68. Remember that you will have to pay particular attention to understanding and

mastering thoroughly this part of the instructions; if you are to be offered appointment as enumerators.

69. The questionnaire schedule consists of nine parts: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I. Part A of the questionnaire 70. Part A is for the purpose of identifying households, as well as for checking

purposes both in the field and in the office. Geographic Identification Particulars

District: Record here the code of the district under which the village is administered. You will get this information from your supervisor.

125

Zone: Record here the code of the zone, under which the village falls which could be either Lowland, Foothills, Senqu River Valley or mountain. The village list provided will have this information.

Ward: Record here the code of the ward under which the village falls. You will

get this information from your supervisor.

EA code: Record in the appropriate space the enumeration area to which you will be assigned by the office. The village lists provided will also have this information.

Household number: Ensure consistent numbering of your household for each

village in your E.A. Health Service Area number: Record here the name of the clinic which is

nearest to the village recorded. Each clinic has a number, you have to fill in the number in the space provided e.g. J4458

Village: write the name and number of the village in the space provided

Record all the names by which the village is known, beginning with the one

which appears more permanent than the others, e.g. if a village is called after the name of the present headman, such a name is not very permanent because it may die with that headman. So try to find out if there are other names of a permanent nature.

Be careful about the villages, which share a common area name. An example of

this phenomenon will be found in villages, which surround Qeme Plateau. Such villages should be clearly distinguished from one another by local names, e.g. Qeme, Ha Mantsebo, Qeme Ha Mpo, Qeme Ha Ramorakane etc. If it is a town, write the name of the township e.g. Ha hoohlo Maseru, Lisemeng in Hlotse and Mampoboleng in Moyeni.

Local Community Council: Record here the number of the local community

council under which the recorded village falls.

Urban/Rural: Record here whether the area is Urban or Rural. Your supervisor will make this known to you. If it is urban, delete rural and write code 1, if it is rural delete urban and write code 2 in the appropriate box.

Household head: Record the names of the head of the household (first name

and surname) as given by the head or a responsible member of the household. In the absence of the entire household, the neighbors or the headman will supply this information. The head of the household ( hlooho ea lelapa) is generally the one who is responsible for the upkeep and maintenance of the household. He/She is not necessarily the oldest person in the household. However, your main guide to who is the head is whoever will be pointed to you as the head when you ask.

126

NAMES OF PRINCIPAL/WARD CHIEF, AREA CHIEF, VILLAGE CHIEF/HEADMAN.

Record here in sequence the name of the principal /ward chief; that of the area chief and finally that of the village chief or headman responsible for administering the village.

In some cases it will happen that the principal/ward chief is simultaneously an area chief (chief of a number of villages). In such cases, his name will show in two cases. i.e. as area chief, and principal/ward chief. If people in the village do not know the names of the principal and /or ward chief of their area, the village headman will help you.

Part B of the questionnaire FOR ALL PERSONS THE FIRST COLUMN MUST BE COMPLETED BEFORE ENTRIES ARE MADE ANYWHERE ELSE IN THE QUESTIONNAIRE.

71. COLUMN 1: Name

� Name commonly known by: beginning with name of the head of the household, in this column enter names of all the household members and visitors. If there is a baby who has not been given a name yet, record ‘baby’. If in the reference night, the household member was alive and died during your visit record his/her status according to the reference night, that is, as alive.

� List persons according to the order given in column 1 of the questionnaire. Do not forget to include the names of domestic servants, visitors (persons who do not stay longer than six months with the household members), small children and babies who slept in the household on the reference night.

� Include as present also persons who should have slept at the household the reference night and did not sleep at any other household. Such people are policemen on night duty, night-watchmen, hospital, hotel and prison staff working throughout the night and persons who spent the night at the wake ( tebelong), or border post or accidentally slept on the way home not at any other household.

� A person who is temporarily absent from the household, of which s/he is usually a member, should be included, e.g. staying as a visitor in another household, studying at and living in a boarding school or being a patient at the hospital.

Member elsewhere in Lesotho: Do not include persons who are living in Lesotho but have been away from the household for more than 6 months except those specified in section 66; i.e. those in all institutions but convents.

127

� Migrant Workers outside Lesotho should be counted as temporarily absent, provided they have not been away from Lesotho longer than 3 years. (Do not include persons who have been away from Lesotho longer than 3 years)

� On the other hand, members within Lesotho should be excluded, if they are living permanently elsewhere in the country. Otherwise, they should be included as absent household members.

72. COLUMN 2. Relationship to head

� The relationship of each member of the household to the head of the household must be shown in this column by using the codes listed. Spouse means husband or wife (MOHATSA).

73. COLUMN 3. Sex

� Use the codes given to indicate whether each member of the household is male or female

Code 1 if male Code 2 if female 74. COLUMN 4. Age

� Age in Completed Years: The question to be asked here is “ Lilemo tsa hao li kae tseo o li qetileng?” (How old are you in completed years) e.g. if a person is aged 37 years and 11months, the exact age in completed years to be recorded is 37. Sometimes the person will not know his/her age, but will remember his/her birth year and you will have to workout his/her age in completed years. In the event that the person does not know his/her age but remembers historical event associated with his/her birth, use the calendar of events. If the event is not included in the calendar, ask how old the person was at some recorded event. Note that the question on age is one of the most important ones on the questionnaire. If the above methods on ascertaining age prove to be fruitless, obtain an estimate of his/her age from relatives, the neighbours, and the village headman and then put a circle around it after recording it.

� Always try to get answers that are accurate or reasonable in the sense that they are consistent with the person’s status in the family. For example, a 65-year-old grandmother is not expected to have a 1-year-old child, or an 18-year-old son be mothered by a 19 year old woman. Please note that children under the age of 1 should be entered as ‘00’ in the column of age.

75. COLUMN 5: Date of birth

� Enter month and year of birth in the space provided, these should be consistent with the age given in column 4.

128

IF BOTH MONTH AND YEAR ARE GIVEN. If the month of birth is before the census night (s/he has had her/his birthday this year), then her/his age should be equal the year of interview (2006). If the month of birth is after the census night (s/he has not had her/his birthday this year), then her/his age plus her/his year of birth should equal the previous year 2005. If the month of birth is the same as the month of interview, then a sum of either 2005 or 2006 is acceptable. If the sum is incorrect, then either the year of birth or the age (or both) are incorrect and need to be corrected. If the sum is off by exactly one year, then it is possible that the month of birth is incorrect and the other information is accurate. In such cases, the age and the month of birth all need to be reviewed to see where the error lies.

Example: If respondent tells you that s/he was born in January 1955, s/he is 51 years old, and you are interviewing him/her in April 2006, you would add 1955 to 51. If the information the respondent gave you is consistent, the sum should be 2006, since April comes after January. If another respondent tells you that s/he was born in December 1968 and s/he is 37 years old, the sum should equal 2005 since s/he will not become a full year older until December (April is before December).

IF ONLY YEAR OF BIRTH IS RECORDED. Add the year of birth to the respondent’s age and accept a sum of either 2005 or 2006. For example, if s/he says she was born in 1970, but s/he does not know the month, but s/he does not know the month, she should be either 35(since 1970+35=2005) or 36 (since 1970+36=2006). If the sum does not equal either 2005 or 2006, probe to find out whether the year of birth or age is incorrect.

HOW TO CORRECT INCONSISTENT ANSWERS. If the age plus the year of birth do not add to 2005 or 2006 as appropriate, probe to get consistent information. For example, the sum equals 2004 and it should be 2005, then you need to add 1 to either the age or the year of birth after checking with the respondent to see which one is wrong. If the sum adds to 2007 and it should be 2005, you need to subtract 2 from either the age or the year of birth or else subtract 1 from both the age and the year of birth. It is important to understand that either the age or year of birth or both may be incorrect.

76. COLUMN 6. Marital Status

� Please code according to list giving the PRESENT status; thus a person divorced and remarried is married.

A man who is married to one woman and a woman who has no co wives is monogamously married, irrespective of past status (Code 2).

A man who is married to more than one woman or a woman who has co wives ( whose husband has more than one woman) is polygamously married ( Code 3).

129

77 COLUMN 7: Age at first marriage (for those who ever married) � Enter age in completed years. Ask only those who have ever married that is those coded 2,3,5,6,7.

78. COLUMN 8: If ever married, is first or only spouse still alive?

� Please code the response according to the list of codes given. Enter 8 if person was never married. Avoid code 9 ‘Do n’t know’ if possible. Remember for a person who has been married only once in life, he/she answers for this only spouse; for a person who has been married more than once, the answer is for his/her first spouse.

79. COLUMN 9/10: Is natural mother/father still alive.

� Code 1 if natural mother/father is still alive. Code 2 if natural mother/father is dead. The question concerns the natural mother/father only not social. Code 9 for DK

80. COLUMN 11: What is (name’s) current residential status?

� Members of the household and visitors are present if they spent the reference night in the household. This includes members who ought to have slept in the household and were away on night duty such as nurses, night watchmen etc or at a wake. � Absent members are those who did not spent the night in the household, these are usual members who were elsewhere in Lesotho, in the RSA or outside Lesotho and RSA. For a member of the household please refer to paragraph 66. Please code

according to list. 81. COLUMN 12. If absent outside Lesotho where is he/she now staying?

� Please code according to the list, enter 88 for persons who are present or elsewhere in Lesotho. If place of residence is RSA code 15. For Swaziland code 20 and for Europe code 80 etc.

82. COLUMN 13. Duration of stay outside Lesotho

� Give here duration of stay in completed years. Enter 00 for those who lived outside Lesotho for less than one year; 02 for those who lived outside Lesotho for 2 years and some months even if it is more than six months. Note here that duration to be entered starts from the time of last visit home.

83. COLUMN 14. Citizenship

� Please code 10 for Lesotho citizens. For citizens of other countries not listed in the questionnaire i.e. code 65 or 85 and state the name of country of

130

citizenship in full. If dual citizenship, give one citizenship. For countries listed enter codes according to list.

84. COLUMN 15. Place of birth-where was (name) born?

� Code 11 if the person was born in the village/town of enumeration.

� Code 12 if born in a different village/town but in the same district. � Code 01-10 if the person was born in another district. � Code 13 if person was born in RSA � Code 14 if person was born in another country other than RSA and � Code 99 for Don’t Know.

85. COLUMN 16: Where was (name) living in April 1996?

� Give here the place of residence in the last census. Code 11 if the person lived in the same village/town of enumeration.

Code 12 if the person lived in a different village/town but in the same district.

Code 01 to 10 if the person lived in another district, 13 if the person lived in RSA and 14 if the person lived in other countries.

Code 99 for DK. 86. COLUMN 17: For how long has (name) lived in this village?

� Give here the duration of residence of each eligible household member in this village/town. Changing of houses within a village/town should be regarded as no move at all. If a person left the household (village) for a period of six months or more and later returned to this household/village give duration as only the latest period of stay. For present members of the household write duration of residence as obtained. For visitors inquire if they lived with the household for six months or less, then enter 00; if you do not consider them as members of the household.

Part C of the questionnaire FOR ALL PERSONS (Disability) 87. COLUMN 18: Is (name) disabled.

� Ask for the main disability and code according to the list. 88. COLUMN 19: For how long has (name) been disabled.

131

� Code according to the list provided. Code 888 for not applicable and code 999 for DK.

89. COLUMN 20: What was the cause of disability.

� Code 1 for born disabled. Code 88 for no disability/not applicable.

Part D of the questionnaire FOR PERSONS AGED 2 YEARS AND OVER

90. COLUMN 21: Full time school attendance- has (name) ever attended School?

� Please code according to list. For all children under the age of 2 years enter code 8.

FOR THOSE AGED 2 YEARS AND OVER

� Code 1 for persons who have never at any time attended received full-time education,

Code 2 for persons still attending receiving full-time education at the time of the census. (still attending)

Code 3 for persons who have ever received full-time education in the past and are no longer receiving it. (Left school)

91 . COLUMN 22: What is (name’s) highest level of education completed?

� Give highest qualification held, even if obtained through part-time education, using codes from the list provided. Make sure that code 88 is for persons who are less than two years of age. � Code 01 for persons who have passed standard 1; 02 for persons who have passed standard 2 etc; 07 for those who have passed standard 7 or the old standard 6 (refer to conversion table in paragraph 93). For persons who have passed Form A, enter code 11; Form B, failed JC, code 12, Form C, failed Form D, code 13 and Form E or COSC/Matric code 15.

� Code 20 for persons who have had any training in diploma/certificate after primary.

132

� Code 22 Post JC for persons with post JC qualifications other than Form D or E, these include persons who have had vocational training after JC, nursing, LPTC, Ph etc.

� Code 24 for persons with post COSC qualifications, these include persons who have had vocational training after COSC, S.T.C, S.T.T.C, Certificate in Agriculture, Diploma in Agriculture, Diploma in Science and Certificate in Statistics.

Note: that these qualifications are not equivalent to a University Degree. Codes for University Degrees are 26 and 27.

92. The following conversion table will help you write the appropriate standard for respondents who attended the former “elementary” school and the comparatively new school system and reached a particular grade.

OLD SYSTEM NEW SYSTEM CODE Sub A&B Standard 1 01 Standard 1 Standard 2 02 Standard 2 Standard 3 03 Standard 3 Standard 4 04 Standard 4 Standard 5 05 Standard 5 Standard 6 06 Standard 6 Standard 7 07

93. COLUMN 23: Does (name) know how to read and write? Provide each eligible member (i.e. those coded 01-07, 28, & 29 in column 22) with a literacy card and ask them to read out one of the given sentences; alternate the sentences as some members might memorise what some of the members read out even if they cannot read themselves. Code 1 for those who read with ease, code 2 for those who read with difficulty, code 3 for those who could not read at all, code 4 for the blind, code 5 if someone does not know either Sesotho or English, code 8 for those not eligible in this column (not applicable) and code 9 for DK. Part E of the questionnaire FOR PERSONS AGED 10 YEARS AND OVER 94. COLUMN 24: Employment Status during last week

133

� Here ask for the work that occupies most time of each eligible member of the household and code according to list, enter 88 for persons too young to work. Own account worker refers to a self –employed person.

� Code 32 casual workers for a laborer who gets a piece-job casually.

� Code 40 unpaid family worker for all persons 10 years and over who worked without pay for three days or more in an establishment or farm operated by a member of their family.

This category of unpaid family worker includes the following:- (i) Wives who during the reference period worked at their husband’s store or farm or other economic enterprise. If these wives are paid they should not be classified as unpaid family workers or housewives. (ii) Children aged 10 years and over, who during the reference period helped in the father’s or family member’s farm, shop or assisted them on other economic activities such as fruit/vegetable selling.

� Remember to exclude as unpaid family workers, all persons aged 10 years and over who helped family members in their farm, shop or business but were full-time students in educational institutions. The code is 80 for students.

Housewives are persons who are only engaged in household activities.

� Homemakers are persons who are considered active; they do household activities as well as other income generating activities such as selling vegetables from the backyard gardens. Enumerators have to probe in order to find out these extra activities.

Job seekers coded 50 and 55 are persons who have been actively looking for a job and are still looking e.g Making application or going from place to place asking. Code 50 are people who once worked but are currently out of a job and actively looking for a job. While code 55 are people who never worked but are currently looking for a job.

� If two answers are possible in this column give status that claims most of his/her time.

95. COLUMN 25: If job seeking, what was (names) employment status in April 2005.

� This question is applicable to persons who were coded 50 in column 24. For other persons code 88. The codes in column 24 and 25 are the same.

134

96. COLUMN 26: If employed, (last week), who was your employer?

� This question applies to those coded 10, 20, 31, 32, 40 and 60 in column 24.

Please code according to the list. Enter 88 for persons not in employment last week or are under the age of 10 years. Persons not in employment last week are in codes 50-90 exclude code 60.

� Code 2 (Parastatal) for persons employed at:

1. Lesotho National Bank and its subsidiaries 2. Lesotho National Development Corporation 3. Telecom Lesotho 4 Lesotho Electricity Corporation 5. Lesotho Housing & Land Development 6. State Trading Corporation 7. Lesotho Freight Services 8. Lesotho Flour Mills 9. Maluti Mountain Brewery 11. Water and Sewage Authority 12. Lesotho Highlands Development Authority 13. Lesotho Pharmaceutical Corporation

� Code 3 (Private) includes all persons who are self-employed.

NOTE: For persons who are employed in the Embassies and international organizations such as UNDP, WHO, UNICEF, FAO, ILO, IPPF, in Lesotho, or other countries, code 5 and specify 97. COLUMN 27: Type of work done (last week)

� State the occupation. If the person is job seeking for not longer than 5 years, give last type of work done. You have to avoid making entries of a generalized nature such as “civil servant” or “businessman”. Write the exact work that the person does, e.g Medical doctor, stenographer, herbalist, teacher etc. Peasants will be classified as farmers. For people with two occupations enter the one that claims most of his/her time.

� A list of the most common occupation is annexed to this manual to help you make the proper classification.

� Code 88 for not applicable

98. COLUMN 28: Main product/service/activity of PLACE where worked.

� This refers to the main ACTIVITY of the establishment or enterprise in which the individual works, if job seeking, state the last establishment or

135

enterprise employed in. Give an exact description of the activity or service of firm e.g. a driver for beer brewery (in column 27 write driver, column 28 beer brewery); an accountant in a gold mine (column 27 accountant, column 28 gold mine); an owner of a café (column 27 shop owner. Column 28 retail shop); a domestic helper (column 27 domestic help, column 28 household); a waiter at a restaurant (column 27 waiter, column 28 restaurant); a driver for a transport company (column 27 driver, column 28 transport). Differentiation between Coal-Gold-Diamond mine or wholesale and retail trade must be clear. The main activity of a farmer is Agriculture, that of a teacher is teaching or education. For persons unemployed but job seeking, enter the activity which they were last employed (not longer than five years ago). For persons who have not worked before, students, pupils and other persons without occupation enter code 88.

99. COLUMN 29: Location of Place of Work

� This column refers to the place of work of an individual. Code 11 when the individual works in the same village or town of enumeration, e.g. Code 11 if a person lives in Maseru West and works in Maseru West. Code 12 if an individual works in a different village or town but in the same district, e.g. code 12 for commuters from Maseru to Roma. Code according to the list for persons employed at different district from where they are enumerated. For example code 01 for Butha-Buthe, code 13 for RSA.

100. COLUMN 30: Location of employment in Urban areas

� Code according to the list provided. Code 88 for those who work in the rural areas.

101. COLUMN 31: Ever worked in RSA in the past 10 years (since 1996).

� Code 1 if never worked in RSA, Code 2 if worked in the past 10 years, Code 3 if presently working in the RSA and code 88 if not applicable.

102. COLUMN 32: If ever worked in RSA in the past 10 years, how long has s/he worked in RSA?

� Enter the number of completed years. Code 00 for less than one year, and enter 88 for those persons who never worked in the past 10 years RSA.

136

Part F of the questionnaire FOR WOMEN AGED 12 TO 49 YEARS (FERTILITY) 103. COLUMN 33: Number of pregnancies

� Enter number of pregnancies in the space provided. Enter 00 for no pregnancies. We need the number of pregnancies that ever occurred regardless of whether the pregnancy went up to nine months. If the answer is 00 skip to column 45.

104. COLUMN 34: Have you ever given a live birth. If yes how many.

� Enter the total number of live births the woman has ever borne that is the total number of children ever born. The total given here should be consistent with the total number from column 39 to column 44. If the answer is no enter 00 and skip to column 45.

105. COLUMN 35: Have you given birth in the last 12 months.

� Enter number of live births, enter 00 for no live births in the last 12 months i.e. from April 2005

106. COLUMN 36: When did you give your last live birth.

� Enter month and year of the most recent live birth (include those who were born alive and later died).

107. COLUMN 37: What was the sex of the last live birth.

� State the sex of the most recent birth, include those who were born alive and later died

108. COLUMN 38: Is the last child still alive.

� Code 1 if the last-born is still alive and code 2 if the last-born is dead.

109. COLUMN 39: How many sons live with you.

� Enter number of sons who live in the household, enter 00 for no sons

110. COLUMN 40: How many daughters live with you

� Enter number of daughters who live in the household, enter 00 for no daughters

137

111. COLUMN 41: How many sons are alive but do not live with you.

� Please enter the number of sons who do not live in the household. Enter 00 for none.

112. COLUMN 42: How many daughters are alive but do not live with you.

� Please enter the number of daughters who do not live in the household. Enter 00 for none.

113. COLUMN 43: How many sons have died.

� Enter number of dead sons; enter 00 for no dead sons.

114. COLUMN 44: How many daughters have died.

� Enter number of dead daughters; enter 00 for no dead daughters.

Part G of the questionnaire FOR WOMEN AGED 12 TO 49 YEARS (maternal mortality) 115. COLUMN 45: How many sisters (of the same mother) do you have aged 15 years and over?

� Enter the number of sisters in the space provided; enter 00 for no sisters and sisters less than the age of 15.

116. COLUMN 46: How many sisters (of the same mother) died after reaching the age of 15.

� Enter the number of dead sisters who died after reaching the age of 15 in the space provided; enter 00 for no sisters who died or sisters who died aged less than the age of 15.

117. COLUMN 47: How many of these dead sisters died during pregnancy.

� Enter number of dead sisters who died during pregnancy after reaching the age of 15; enter 00 for no sisters or sisters who died aged less than the age of 15.

118. COLUMN 48: How many of the dead sisters died during childbirth.

� Enter number of dead sisters who died during childbirth after reaching the age of 15; enter 00 for no sisters or sisters who died aged less than the age of 15.

138

119. COLUMN 49: How many of these dead sisters died during six weeks after the end of pregnancy.

� Enter number of dead sisters who died during six weeks after the end of pregnancy after reaching age 15; enter 00 for no sisters or sisters who died aged less than the age of 15.

Part H of the questionnaire Housing Characteristics and Household Possessions (for the household head) 120. COLUMN 50: What is the tenure of the house.

� Please code according to the list provided.

121. COLUMN 51a: Plot acquisition

� Please code according to the list provided.

122. COLUMN 51b: Government agency where plot was acquired.

� Please code according to the list provided. 123. COLUMN 52: Number of housing units.

� Please record the number of housing units in the household. If the household has two rontaboles and one polata, then the number of housing units is 2 for rontabole and 1 for polata. Check annex 4 for definitions of different types of houses.

124. COLUMN 53: Number of rooms.

� Please record the number of rooms for each housing unit in the household. Do not include bathroom and toilet, include garages if they are used for living purposes, exclude the garage if it keeps the car. If the household has more than one house, enter number of rooms for each building excluding the stables and rooms used for agricultural purposes.

125. COLUMN 54: Main type of house

� Ask for the main type of house and code according to list. Check annex 4 for definitions of different types of houses.

126. COLUMN 55: Main material of construction of walls of the main type of house. � Please code according to the list.

139

127. COLUMN 56: Main material of floor of the main type of house.

� Please code according to the list. 128. COLUMN 57: Main material of construction of roof of the main type of house.

� Please code according to the list. 129. COLUMN 58-60: Relate to main types of fuel used by the household for cooking, heating and lighting.

� Use the codes provided in each question. 130. COLUMN 61: Main toilet facility.

� Please code according to the list. 131. COLUMN 62: What is the source of drinking water for the household.

� Column 62 relates to source of drinking water for the household. Code according to the response and the list given.

132. COLUMN 63: How long does it take to get water.

� Please record the minutes the household takes to get to the source of drinking water, get water and come back (walking).

133. COLUMN 64: Possession of certain assets in the household

� State whether the household possesses a working radio, television, telephone, cell, fridge, bed/mattress, car, scotch cart, internet, computer or not. A household possesses a ‘working’ radio, television, telephone, cell, fridge, bed/mattress, car, scotch cart, internet, computer, if at least one member possesses one of the mentioned items and are(items) present in the household. A radio, television, telephone, cell, fridge, bed/mattress, car, scotch cart, internet, computer are considered to be ‘working’ if they were ‘working’ in the past month.

134. COLUMN 65: Number and type of certain agricultural assets.

� Please record the number of fields, cattle, sheep, goats, horses, donkeys, pigs, improved poultry, unimproved poultry, mules and rabbits owned by one of the household members and are present in the household. Use the codes provided.

135. COLUMN 66: How Does this Household Dispose Off its Refuse/Rubbish.

140

� State where the household disposes off its refuse or rubbish. Code according to the response and the list given.

Part I of the questionnaire Deaths of the Household Members During the Past 12 Months, Since April 2005 136. State the name, sex, age and cause of death of all the members of the household that died in the past 12 months, that is since April 2005 HOW TO ACHIEVE COMPLETE COVERAGE Systematic coverage of the Enumeration Area

137 � On entering the village, introduce yourself to the village headman or his representative and request his assistance as you move in the village.

138 � Get to know your area as thoroughly as possible before you start work. Plan your work so that you visit each household. Work in an orderly way in order to save yourself much walking and a great deal of trouble. Tell -your supervisor where you will start and which path you will follow so that he/she can find you.

Enumeration and Control Form

� Make sure that at the end of each village enumerated, and before you move on to the next village, you have completed the control form. Also that at the end of the EA enumeration, the total number of villages and households on the control form, tally with the number in the EA list.

What happens if there is no one at home? (Call –Backs)

� It may happen when you visit an inhabited house that you are unable to obtain any information. This can occur because there is no one at home, or because all the adults are away at the time, or for some other reason.

� If there are people present enquire as to the best time to call. If there is no one at home, ask the neighbours if anyone was there on the reference night. If there was ask when members of the household are likely to be at home and arrange your next visit accordingly.

� If you are working in the urban area, complete a call back card stating the day and time of your next visit and leave it at the house so that the people may know when you will be returning. If you are in the rural area, leave word about the time of your next visit.

141

� If after three visits you have not succeeded in finding anyone at home, make a note of the address and tell your supervisor when you meet.

� It may be that for some reason your call is at an inconvenient time for members of the household. Do not allow yourself to be put off, but arrange to return at a more suitable time.

� Callbacks will involve you in much extra work, be wise and send word ahead of you so that people know when to expect you. If you have to make callbacks, clear them early. If you made an appointment to return, keep it and be punctual

WHAT TO DO AFTER ENUMERATION You have completed the questionnaire. Now check:

� That there is no one you have omitted, that you should have included

� That no column has been left blank, that should have been completed

� That your entries can be read easily

� That your entries correspond item by item and that you have not written anything, which cannot be correct.

Check your work systematically:

� First, make sure that the information identifying the household, in Part A has been entered.

� Next, look at the household in terms of the relationship and ages of the people. Make sure that the children are not shown as older than their parents, that men are not shown as having born children, that babies and young children are not shown as having university education or are working etc.

� Then look at the questions you have completed for women and girls aged 12 years and over. Check the ages of all females and make sure that if the woman has no children in a particular category you have written ‘00’ in the appropriate column.

� If you find that things have gone wrong or that there are mistakes or omissions, ask further questions and correct your record. It must be completed and accurate in all respects before you leave the household.

� Finally, make sure that all callbacks have been made and check the control form before you leave the village.

142

� Make sure that you fill in the rest of the information on the top cover of the questionnaire.

� When you have completed your work for the whole EA, return all documents to the supervisor for checking.

143

Annex 1

Main Product/Service/Activity of place where worked (column 28). Major Division Major group 1. Agriculture, Hunting 10 Forestry and Fishing 2. Mining and Quarrying 21 Coal Mining 23 Metal Ore 29 Other Mining 31 Manufacture of Food, Beverages and tobacco 32 Textile, Weaving Apparel and leather industries 33 Manufacture of Paper and Wood products, including furniture 34 Manufacture of Paper and paper products, printing and publishing 35 Manufacture of Chemicals and chemical, petroleum coal, rubber and plastic products 36 Manufacture of Non-metallic Mineral products, except products Petroleum and Coal 37 Basic Metal Industries 38 Manufacture of fabricated metal products, machinery and equipment 37 Other manufacturing industries 4. Electricity, Gas and Water 40 5. Construction 50 6. Wholesale and Retail trade and 61 Wholesale Trade Restaurant and hotels 62 Retail Trade 63 Restaurants and Hotels 7. Transport, Storage and Communication 70 8. Financing, Insurance, Real Estate and 80 Business Services 9. Community, Social and Personal Services 91 Public Administration and defence

144

92 Sanitary and Similar Services 93 Social and Related Community Services 94 Recreation and Cultural Services 95 Personal and household services 0. Activities not adequately defined 00

145

Annex 2 Type of Work Done. (column 27) MAJOR, MINOR AND UNIT GROUPS: MAJOR GROUP 0/1: PROFESSIONAL, TECHNICAL AND RELATED WORKERS 0-1 0-1 Physical Scientists and Related Technicians

Chemists Physicists Physical Scientists not elsewhere classified Physical Science Technicians

0-2 0-2 Architects, Engineers and Related Technicians

Architects and Town Planners Civil Engineers Electrical and Electronic Engineers Mechanical Engineers Chemical Engineers Metallurgists Industrial Engineers/Architects, Engineers and Related Technicians

(non- academic) 0-3 0-3 Engineers not elsewhere classified

Censusors Draughtsmen Civil Engineering Technicians Electrical and Electronic Engineering Technicians Chemical Engineering Technicians Metallurgical Technicians Mining Technicians Engineering Technicians not elsewhere classified 0-4 Aircraft and Ship Officers Aircraft pilots, Navigators and Flight Engineers.

Ships deck officers and pilots Ships Engineers 0-5 0-5 Life Scientists and Related Technicians

Biologists, Zoologists and Related Scientists Bacteriologists, Pharmacologists and Related Scientists Agronomists and Related Scientists Life Science Technicians 0-6 0-6 Medical, Dental Veterinary and Related Workers(Academic)

Medical Doctors Medical Assistants Dentists

146

Dental Assistants Veterinarians Veterinary Assistants Pharmacists Pharmaceutical Assistants Dietitians and Public Health Nutritionists Medical Dental, Veterinary and Related Workers (non-academic) 0-7 0-7 Professional Nurses

Nursing Personnel not elsewhere classified Professional Midwives Midwifery Personnel not elsewhere classified Professional Midwives Optometrists and Opticians Physiotherapists and occupational therapists Medical X-ray Technicians

Medical, Dental, Veterinary and Related Workers (not elsewhere classified (Herbalist, Witch Doctors)

0-8 0-8 Statisticians, Mathematicians, System Analysts and Related

Technicians Statisticians

Mathematicians and Actuaries System Analysts Statistical and Mathematical Technicians 0-9 0-9 Economists 1-1 1-1 Accountants 1-2 Jurists Lawyers Judges Jurists not elsewhere classified 1-3 Teachers

University and Higher education teachers Secondary education teachers Primary education teachers Pre-Primary Education teachers Special education teachers Teachers not elsewhere classified 1-4 Workers in Religion Ministers of religion and related members of religious order Workers in religion not elsewhere classified 1-5 Authors, Journalists and related writers Authors and Critics Authors, journalists and related writers not elsewhere classified

147

1-6 Sculptors, Painters, Photographers and related creative artists Sculptors, painter and related artists Commercial artists and designers Photographers and cameramen 1-7 Composers and Performing Artists Composers, Musicians and singers Choreographers and dancers Actors and stage directors Producers, performing arts Circus performers Performing artists not elsewhere classified 1-8 Athletes, sportsmen and related workers 1-9 Professional, Technical and Related workers not elsewhere classified Librarians, archivists and curators Sociologists, Anthropologists and related scientists Social Workers Personnel and Occupational specialists Philologists, Translators and Interpreters Other professional, technical and related workers MAJOR GROUP 2: ADMINISTRATIVE AND MANAGERIAL WORKERS 2-0 Legislative officials and Government Administrators Legislative officials Government Administrators 2-1 Managers General managers Production managers (except farm) Managers not elsewhere classified MAJOR GROUP 3: CLERICAL AND RELATED WORKERS 3-0 Clerical supervisors 3-1 Government Executive officials 3-2 Stenographers, Typists and Card –and- Tape-Punching Machine Operators Stenographers, Typists and teletypists Card-and-tape-punching machine operators 3-3 Bookkeepers, Cashiers and Related workers Bookkeeping and calculating machine operators Bookkeepers, cashiers and related workers not elsewhere classified

148

3-4 Computing machine operators Bookkeeping and calculating machine operators Automatic data processing machine operators 3-5 Transport and Communications Supervisors Railway station masters Postmasters

Transport and communication supervisors not elsewhere classified 3-6 Transport Conductors 3-7 Mail Distributors 3-8 Telephone and Telegraph Operators 3-9 Clerical and Related worker not elsewhere classified Stock clerks Material and production planning clerks Correspondence and reporting clerks Receptionists and travel agency clerks Library and filling clerks Clerks not elsewhere classified MAJOR GROUP 4: SALES WORKERS 4-0 Managers (Wholesale and Retail Trade) Managers (wholesale and retail trade) 4-1 Working Proprietors (Wholesale and Retail Trade) working proprietors (wholesale and retail trade) 4-2 Sales supervisors and Buyers Sales supervisors Buyers 4-3 Technical Salesmen, Commercial Travelers and Manufacture’s agents Technical Salesmen and service advisors Commercial Travelers and Manufacture’s agents 4-4 Insurance, Real Estate, Securities and Business Services Sales and Auctioneers Insurance, Real Estate, Securities salesmen Business Services Salesmen Auctioneers 4-5 Salesmen, Shop Assistants and Related Workers Salesmen, shop assistants and demonstrators Street vendors, canvassers and new vendors 4-6 Sales workers not elsewhere classified

149

MAJOR GROUP 5: SERVICE WORKERS 5-0 Managers (Catering and Lodging Services) 5-1 Managers Proprietors (catering and lodging) 5-2 Housekeeping and Related Service Supervisors 5-3 Cooks, Waiters, Bartenders and Related Workers cooks, waiters, bartenders and related workers 5-4 Maids and Related Housekeeping Service Workers not elsewhere classified 5-5 Building Caretakers, Charworkers, Cleaners and Related Workers building caretakers, charworkers, cleaners and related workers 5-6 Launderers, Dry-cleaners and Pressers 5-7 Hairdressers, Barbers, Beauticians and Related Workers 5-8 Protective Service Workers Fire-fighters Policemen and detectives Protective service workers not elsewhere classified 5-9 Service Workers not elsewhere Classified Guides Undertakers Other service workers MAJOR GROUP 6: AGRICULTURAL, ANIMAL HUSBANDRY AND FORESTRY WORKERS, FISHERMEN AND HUNTERS 6-0 Farm Managers and Supervisors Farm managers and supervisors 6-1 Farmers General farmers Specialized farmers 6-2 Agricultural and Animal Husbandry Workers General farm workers Field crop and vegetable farm workers Orchard, vineyard and related tree and shrub crop workers Livestock workers Dairy farm workers Poultry farm workers Nursery workers and gardeners

Farm machinery operators Agricultural and animal husbandry workers not elsewhere classified

150

6-3 Forestry Workers Fishermen Hunters and related workers not elsewhere classified 6-4 Herd boys MAJOR GROUP 7/8/9: PRODUCTION AND RELATED WORKERS, TRANSPORT, EQUIPMENT OPERATORS AND LABOURERS 7-0 Production Supervisors and General Foremen 7-1 Miners, Quarrymen, Well Drillers and Related Workers Miners, Quarrymen Mineral and Stone treators Well drillers, borers and related workers 7-2 Metal Processors Metal smelting, converting and refining furnacemen Metal rolling-mill workers Metal melters and reheaters Metal moulders and coremakers Metal annealers, tampers and case-hardeners Metal platters and coaters Metal processors not elsewhere classified 7-3 Wood Preparation Workers and Paper Makers Wood treaters Sawyers, plywood makers and related wood-processing workers Paper pulp preparers Paper makers 7-4 Chemical Processors and Related Workers Crushers, grinders and mixers Cookers, roasters and related heat-treaters Filter and separator operators Still and reactor operators Petroleum-refining workers Chemical processors and related workers not elsewhere classified 7-5 Spinners, Weavers, Knitters, Dyers and Related Workers Fibre preparers Spinners and winders Weaving and Knitting-machine setters and pattern-card preparers Weavers and related workers Knitters Bleachers, dyers and textile product finishers Spinners, weavers, knitters, dyers and related workers not elsewhere classified. 7-6 Tanners, Fell mongers and Pelt Dressers

151

Tanners, fell mongers Pelt dressers 7-7 Food and Beverages Processors Grain millers and related workers Sugar processors and refiners Butchers and meat preparers Food preservers Dairy product processors Bakers, pastry cooks and confectionery makers Tea, coffee and cocoa preparers Brewers, wine and beverage makers Food and beverage not elsewhere classified 7-8 Tobacco Preparers and Tobacco Product Makers Tobacco Preparers Cigar makers Cigarette makers Tobacco preparers and tobacco product makers not elsewhere classified 7-9 Tailors, Dressmakers, Sewers, Upholsterers and related workers Tailors, dressmakers Fur tailors and related workers Milliners and hat makers Pattern makers and cutters Sewers and embroiderers Upholsterers and related workers Tailors, dressmakers, sewers and upholsterers and related workers not elsewhere classified 8-0 Shoemakers and Leather Goods Makers Shoemakers and shoe repairers Shoe cutters, lasters, sewers and related workers Leather goods makers 8-1 Cabinetmakers and Related Woodworkers Cabinet makers Wood working-machine operators Cabinet makers and related woodworkers not elsewhere classified 8-2 Stone Cutters 8-3 Blacksmiths, Toolmakers and Machine-Tool Operators Blacksmiths, hammersmiths and forging-press operators Toolmakers, metal patternmakers and metal makers Machine-tool setter-operators Machine –tool operators Metal grinders, polishers and tool sharpeners Blacksmith, toolmakers and machine-tool operators not elsewhere classified

152

8-4 Machinery Fitters, Machine assemblers and Precision Instrument Makers (except Electrical) Machinery fitters, machine assemblers Watch, clock and precision instrument makers Motor vehicle mechanics Aircraft engine mechanics Machinery fitters, machine assemblers and precision instrument makers ( except electrical) not elsewhere classified 8-5 Electrical Fitters and Related Electrical and Electronic Workers Electrical fitters Electronic fitters Electrical and electronic equipment assemblers Radio and Television repairmen Electrical wiremen Telephone and telegraph installers Electric linemen and cable joiners

Electrical fitters and related electrical and electronic workers not elsewhere classified

8-6 Broadcasting Station and Sound Equipment Operators and Cinema Projectionists.

Broadcasting station operators Sound equipment operators and cinema projectionists

8-7 Plumbers, Welders, Sheet Metal and Structural Metal Preparers and Eretors Plumbers and pipe fitters Welders and flame cutters Sheet metal workers Structural metal preparers and erectors 8-8 Jewellery and Precious Metal Workers 8-9 Glass Formers, Potters and Related workers Glass formers, cutters, grinders and finishers Potters and related clay and abrasive formers Glass and ceramics kilnmen Glass engravers and etchers Glass and ceramics painters and decorators Glass formers, potters and related workers not elsewhere classified 9-0 Rubber and Plastics Product Makers Rubber and plastics product makers ( except tire makers and tire vulcanizers) Tire makers and vulcanizers 9-1 Paper and Paperboard Products Makers 9-2 Printers and Related Workers Compositors and typesetters Printing pressmen

153

Stereotypers and electrotypes Printing engravers (except photo-engravers) Photo engravers Bookbinders and related workers Photographic darkroom workers Printers and related workers not elsewhere classified. 9-3 Painters Painters, construction Painters not elsewhere classified 9-4 Production and Related Workers not elsewhere classified Musical instrument makers and tuners Basketry weavers and brush makers Non-metallic mineral product makers Other production and related workers 9-5 Bricklayers, Carpenters and Other Construction Workers Bricklayers, Stonemasons and tile setters Reinforced-concreters, cement finishers and terrazzo workers Roofers Carpenters, joiners and parquetry workers Plasters Insulators Glaziers Construction workers not elsewhere classified 9-6 Stationery Engine and Related Equipment Operators Power generating machinery operators Stationery engine and related equipment operators not elsewhere classified 9-7 Material Handling and Related Equipment Operators, Dockersand Freight Handlers Dockers and Freight handlers Riggers and cable splicers Crane and hoist operators Earth moving and related machinery operators Material handling equipment operators not elsewhere classified 9-8 Transport Equipment Operators Ship’s deck ratings, barge crews and boatmen Ship’s engine room ratings Railway engine room ratings Railway brakemen, signalmen and shunters Motor vehicle drivers Animal and animal drawn vehicle drivers Transport equipment operators not elsewhere classified 9-9 Labourers Not Elsewhere Classified

154

MAJOR GROUP 0: WORKERS NOT CLASSIFIABLE BY OCCUPATION 0-0 Workers Reporting Occupations Unidentifiable or Inadequately Described 1-0 Armed Forces: Members of the Armed Forces ANNEX 3 DISTRICT CODES District code Butha-Buthe 01 Leribe 02 Berea 03 Maseru 04 Mafeteng 05 Mohale’s Hoek 06 Quthing 07 Qacha’s Nek 08 Mokhotlong 09 Thaba-Tseka 10 ZONES Zone code Lowland 1 Foothill 2 Mountain 3 Senqu River Valley 4 WARD CODE DISTRICT Butha-Buthe 01 Butha-Buthe Makhoakhoeng 02 Leribe 03 Leribe Tsikoane, Peka le Kolobere 04 Mamathe le Thupa Kubu 05 Berea Kueneng le Mapoteng 06 Maqhaka 07 Thaba-Bosiu le Ratau 08 Maseru Matsieng 09 Rothe, Kolo le Thaba-tseka 10 Kubake le Ramabanta 11 Maama 12

155

Tebang 13 Mafeteng Likhoele 14 Tajane le Pontseng 15 Matelile 16 Phamong 17 Mohale’s Hoek Taung 18 Likoeneng 19 Thaba-Tsoeu 20 Sebapala 21 Quthing Qacha’s Nek 22 Qacha’s Nek Mokhotlong 23 Mokhotlong Tlokoeng 24 RURAL AND URBAN CODES Urban 1 Rural 2 URBAN CENTRES Butha-Buthe 01 Hlotse 02 Maputsoe 03 Teyateyaneng 04 Maseru 05 Mafeteng 06 Mohale’s hoek 07 Moyeni 08 Qacha’s Nek 09 Mokhotlong 10 Thaba-Tseka 11 Hospitals and Health Centres – 2005 Berea HSA A3010 Berea Govt Hospital 1. A2181 Little Flower Health Centre/Kolonyama 2. A3151 Gethsemane Health Centre 3. A3171 St. Magdalena Health Centre 4. A3241 St. David Health Centre 5. A3300 Mahlatsa Health Centre 6. A3310 Mohatlane Health Centre

156

Butha-Buthe HSA B1010 Butha Buthe Govt Hospital 7. B1111 St. Paul Health Centre 8. B1170 Linakeng Health Centre 9. B2251 St. Denis Health Centre 10. B2293 Emmanuel Health Centre 11. B2330 Khabo Health Centre L.F.D.S. HSA 12. C0130 Sehong-hong Health Centre 13. C0170 Bobete Health Post 14. C0180 Manamaneng Health Centre 15. C0190 Sepinare Health Centre 16. C6120 Nohana Health Centre 17. C6180 Nkau Health Centre 18. C8130 Kuebunyane Health Centre 19. C8160 Lebakeng Health Centre 20. C9180 Tlhanyaku Health Centre Leribe HSA D2010 Motebang Govt Hospital 21. D2300 Maputsoe Filter Clinic 22. D2111 St. Rose Health Centre 23. D2121 St. Monica’s Health Centre 24. D2131 Pontmain Health Centre 25. D2141 Maryland Health Centre 26. D2151 Mositi/Our Lady of Lourdes Health Centre 27. D2161 Louis Gerard Health Centre 28. D2171 St. Anne Health Centre 29. D2188 Springfield Health Centre 30. D2200 Peka Health Centre 31. D2218 Ramapepe/Thaba-Phatšoa Health Centre 32. D2261 Mahobong Holy Trinity Health Centre 33. D2270 Seetsa Health Centre 34. D2281 St. Margaret Health Centre 35. D2290 Matlameng Health Centre 36. D2320 Linotsing Health Centre 37. D2350 Mohobong Health Centre 38. D3201 St. Theresa RCM Health Centre/Bela-Bela 39. D3226 Kolojane Health Centre 40. F2113 Maputsoe SDA Health Centre ‘Mamohau HSA G2021 ‘Mamohau Mission Hospital 41. G1120 Motete Health Centre 42. G1141 Rampai Health Centre 43. G2030 Katse Mphorosane Health Centre 44. G2111 Ntšeli Health Centre

157

45. G2140 Lejone Health Centre 46. G2310 Ha Palama Health Centre Mafeteng HSA E5010 Mafeteng Govt Hospital 47. E5114 Mount Tabor Health Centre 48. E5120 Tšakholo Health Centre 49. E5130 Thabana-Morena Health Centre 50. E5140 Le-cop Health Centre 51. E5171 Mount Olivet Health Centre 52. E5241 Samaria Health Centre 53. E5251 Mofumahali oa Rosari 54. E5270 Thaba-Tšoeu Health Centre 55. E5280 Litšoeneng Health Centre 56. E5290 Sekameng Health Centre Maluti HSA F3023 Maluti Hospital 57. F1163 Pokane Health Centre 58. F2128 Corn Exchange 59. F2143 Pitseng (London) 60. F2153 Khabo SDA Health Centre 61. F2323 Fobane Health Centre 62. F3131 Sebetia Health Centre 63. F3143 Nokong Health Centre 64. F3160 Phororong Health Centre 65. F3163 Liotloaneng Health Centre 66. F3211 Immaculate Conception Health Centre 67. F3251 Sion Health Centre 68. F3263 Mapheleng Health Centre Mohale’s Hoek HSA H6010 Ntšekhe Govt Hospital 69. H6110 Phamong Health Centre 70. H6130 Mpharane Health Centre 71. H6151 Holy Cross Health Centre 72. H6167 Liphiring Health Centre 73. H6171 Bethel Health Centre 74. H6197 Mohalinyane Health Centre 75. H6201 Mt. Carmel Health Centre 76. H6210 Mootsinyane Health Centre 77. H6220 Lithipeng Health Centre 78. H6231 Ha Tšepo Maternity Home 79. H6240 Morifi Health Centre Mokhotlong HSA I9010 Mokhotlong Govt hospital 80. I0190 Semenanyana Health Centre 81. I9110 Libibing Health Centre 82. I9126 Mapholaneng Health Centre 83. I9131 St. James Health Centre

158

84. I9141 St. Martin Health Centre 85. I9151 St. Peter’s Health Centre 86. I9160 ‘Malefiloane Health Centre 87. I9170 Molikaliko Health Centre 88. I9190 Linakaneng Health Centre 89. I9200 Moeketsane Health Centre Paray HSA S0011 Paray Mission Hospital S0011 Katse Hospital 90. S0112 Mohlanapeng Health Centre 91. S0121 St. Theresa Health Centre 92. S0130 Thaba-Tseka Health Centre 93. S0138 Mohlakeng Health Centre 94 .S0140 Linakeng Health Centre 95. S0159 Katse Intake Clinic 96. S0240 Ha Mokoto (Litsoetse) Health Centre 97. C0150 Kolberg/Khohlontšo Health Centre 98. C2230 Seshote Health Centre Qacha’s Nek HSA K8010 Machabeng Govt Hospital 99. K8120 Sehlaba-Thebe Health Centre 100. K8131 St. Francis Health Centre 101. K8140 ‘Melikane Health Centre 102. K8151 Hermitage Health Centre 103. K8177 Rankakala Health Centre 104. K8180 Matebeng Health Centre 105. K8198 Bophelong Health Centre 106. K8200 Mohlapiso Health Centre Queen Elizabeth II HSA J4010 Q.E. II Govt Hospital J4020 Makoanyane Military Hospital J4138 Maseru Private Hospital 107. J3141 Bethany Health Centre 108. J3181 Holy Family/Maqhaka Health Centre 109. J3231 Ntloana-Tšoana Health Centre 110. J3271 Good Shepard Health Centre 111. J4030 Qoaling Filter Clinic 112. J4040 Likotsi Health Centre 113. J4058 Carewell Health Centre 114. J4118 SOS Health Centre 115. J4128 Lehlakaneng Health Centre 116. J4148 ‘Nelese Health Centre ? 117. J4191 Loretto Health Centre 118. J4227 Masianokeng Health Centre 119. J4240 Domicilliary Health Centre 120. J4256 Thaba-Bosiu Health Centre 121. J4267 L.P.P.A./FP Clinic

159

122. J4288 Matukeng Health Centre 123. J4331 St. Leo Health Centre 124. J4358 ‘Masechaba Health Centre 125. J4360 R.L.D.F.Health Centre 126. J4400 Khubetsoana Health Centre 127. J4410 Thamae Health Centre 128. J4433 SDA Health Centre 129. J4451 Paki Health Centre 130. J4458 ‘Mahlompho Health Centre 131. J4478 Tšenola/Mama Health Centre 132. J4488 Ntlo-ea-Kuena Health Centre 133. J4498 Sekamaneng Health Centre 134. J4508 Mafube Health Centre 135. J4510 Mabote Filter Clinic 136. J4528 Lebone Health Centre 137. J4538 Makhalanyane Health Centre 138. O4120 Semonkong Health Centre ? 139. O4420 Ha Seng Health Centre 140. O4291 St Leonard Health Centre 141. 04290 Rosym Health Centre ? Quthing HSA L7010 Quthing Govt Hospital 142. L7110 Tsatsane Health Centre 143. L7120 Mphaki Health Centre 144. L7131 St. Gabriel Health Centre 145. L7141 St. Matthews Health Centre 146. L7151 Villa Maria Health Centre 147. L7160 Dili-Dili Health Centre 148. L7170 Ha Makoae Health Centre 149. L7180 Maqhoko Health Centre 150. L7190 Mabuseng Health Centre Scott HSA M4032 Scott Hospital 151. M4130 Matsieng Health Centre 152. M4141 St. Rodrique Health Centre 153. M4201 St. Peters Claver Health Centre 154. M4235 St. Barnabas/Masite Health Centre 155. M4277 Mofoka Health Centre 156. M4338 Qeme Health Centre ?? 157. M5140 Malea-lea Health Centre 158. M5152 Matelile Health Centre 159. M5161 Emmaus Health Centre 160. M5191 Motsekuoa Health Centre 161. M5216 Kena Health Centre 162. M5221 ‘Masemouse Health Centre 163. M5233 Kolo Health Centre 164. M5261 St. Andrew Health Centre 165. M5272 Ribaneng Health Centre

160

Seboche HSA N1021 Seboche Hospital 166. N1151 St. Peters Health Centre 167. N1160 Boiketsiso Health Centre 168. N1190 Khatibe/Ngoajane Health Centre 169. N1210 Qholaqhoe/Makhunoane Health Centre 170. N1211 Tsime Health Centre 171. N1220 Ngoajane Health Centre 172. N1230 ‘Muela Site Clinic St. James HSA P0025 St. James Mission Hospital 173. P0160 Mohale Health Centre 174. P0161 Mont-marte Health Centre 175. P0181 Auray Health Centre 176. P0220 Methalaneng Health Centre 177. P0235 Ha Lephoi Health Centre 178. P0245 Ha Mafa Village Health Post 179. P0255 Ha Popa Health Centre 180. P4115 Marakabei Health Centre 181. P4410 Likalaneng Health Centre St. Joseph HSA Q4021 St. Joseph Hospital 182. Q4161 St. Michaels Health Centre 183. Q4171 Fatima/Ramabanta Health Centre 184. Q4181 St. Bernard Health Centre 185. Q4191 Koro-Koro Health Centre 186. Q4300 Ha Tlali Health Centre 187. Q4341 St. Benedict Health Centre 188. Q4381 Nazareth Health Centre 189. Q4399 NUL Health Centre Tebellong HSA R8022 Tebellong Hospital 190. R8112 Sekake Health Centre 191. R8141 Christ the King/Sacred Heart

CODE CONSTITUENCY/COMMUNITY COUNCIL

1 MECHACHANE B01 Makhunoane B02 Liqobong B03 Ntelle 2 HOLOLO B04 Likila 3 MOTETE

161

B05 Kao B06 Sekhobe B07 Moteng B08 Linakeng 4 QALO B09 Tša-le-Moleka 5 BUTHA-BUTHE B10 Lipelaneng 6 MALIBA-MATŠO C01 Limamarela C02 Mphorosane C03 Seshote 7 MPHOSONG C04 Matlameng C05 Pitseng 8 THABA-PHATSOA C06 Motati C07 Fenyane 9 MAHOBONG C08 Serupane C09 Malaoaneng 10 PELA-TŠOEU C10 Menkhoaneng 11 MATLAKENG C11 Maisa-Phoka 12 MOHOBOLLO C12 Sephokong 13 HLOTSE C13 Linare 14 TSIKOANE C14 Litjotjela 15 MAPUTSOE C15 Khomokhoana 16 LIKHETLANE C16 Hlepheng 17 PEKA C17 Manka 18 KOLONYAMA C18 Tsoili-tsoili 19 MOSALEMANE D01 Makeoana 20 NOKONG D02 Mapoteng 21 BELA-BELA D03 Koeneng

162

22 MALIMONG D04 Tebe-Tebe 23 KHAFUNG D05 Phuthiatsana 24 TEYATEYANENG D06 Maluba-lube 25 PULANE D07 Motanasela 26 THUPA-KUBU D08 Senekane 27 SEQONOKA D09 Kanana MASERU MUNICIPALITY 29 Mabote 30 Motimposo 31 Stadium Area 32 Maseru 33 Qoaling 34 Lithoteng 35 Lithabaneng 36 Abia 37 THABA-BOSIU A01 Qiloane 38 MACHACHE A02 Ratau 39 THABA-PUTSOA A03 Likalaneng A04 Nyakosoba A05 Makheka 40 MAAMA A06 Manonyane 41 KORO-KORO A07 Mohlakeng 42 Qeme A08 Mazenod 43 Rothe A09 Lilala 44 Matsieng A10 Makhoarane 45 Makhalaneng A11 Makhalaneng A12 Ribaneng 46 Maletsunyane A13 Semonkong A14 Makolopetsane A15 Telle

163

47 Thaba-pechela E01 Metsi-Maholo 48 Kolo E02 Mamatšo 49 THABA-TSOEU E03 Mathula 50 MALIEPETSANE E04 Manyake E05 Tajane 51 MATELILE E06 Ramoetsane E07 Malakeng 52 THABANA-MORENA E08 Malumeng E09 Koti-se-phola 53 LIKHOELE E10 Makholane 54 QALABANE E11 Qibing 55 MAFETENG E12 Makaota 56 TAUNG F01 Siloe 57 QHALASI F02 Mashaleng 58 MOHALE’S HOEK F03 Motjoleleng 59 Mekailng F04 Khoelenyana 60 KETANE F05 Teke F06 Motsienyane F07 Phamong 61 MPHARANE F08 Thaba-Mokhele 62 KETANE F09 Qobong F10 Qhobeng F11 Seroto F12 Likhutloaneng 63 HLOAHLOENG F13 Nkau F14 Qabane 64 TELE G01 Likhohlong G02 Matsatseng

164

65 MOYENI G03 Qomoqomong G04 Liphakoe 66 SEBAPALA G05 Ha Nkoebe G06 Tsatsane 67 MT MOOROSI G07 Mkhono G08 Mokotjomela 68 QHOALI G09 Mphaki G10 Seforong 69 QACHA’S NEK H01 Patlong H02 White-Hill H03 Letloepe 70 LEBAKENG H04 Maseepho H05 Matebeng H06 Mosenekeng H07 Thaba-Khube 71 TSOELIKE H08 Khomo-Phats’oa 72 MANTŠONYANE K01 ‘Malehloana K02 Mpho-Lebeko K03 Bokong 73 THABA-MOEA K04 Thaba-Kholo K05 Lesobeng 74 THABA-TSEKA K06 Thaban’a Mahlanya K07 Mohlanapeng 75 SEMENA K08 Khohlo-Ntšo K09 Bobete K10 Senotong 76 MASHAI K11 Rapoleboea K12 Monyetleng K13 Sehonghong 77 MALINGOANENG J01 Matsoku J02 Khubelu J03 Mapholaneng

165

J04 Pae-l’a-itlhatsoa 78 SENQU J05 Popa J06 Molika-liko J07 Khalahali 79 MOKHOTLONG J08 Moremoholo J09 Sakeng J10 Mateanong J11 Liphamola 80 BOBATSI J12 Rafolatsane J13 Marung J14 Linakaneng J15 Tekeseleng

166

ANNEX 4

TYPES OF HOUSES 1. Rontabole A round building with a pitched thatched, tiled or corrugated iron roof and walls of local of local materials such as sandstone, rubble or mud brick and render. Floors are normally earth but can also be cement. There is normally no ceiling. 2. Heisi A rectangular building with a thatched roof and walls of sandstone, rubble, mud, sand, cement, brick and render. Internally the heisi is normally finished as for the rontabole and the number of rooms is usually three or less. 3. Polata A rectangular building with a flat corrugated iron roof and walls of concrete blocks, sandstone, rubble, burnt or mud bricks. This type of dwelling may be rendered and decorated externally. The level of internal finish is highly variable from flooring of earth or concrete covered by linoleum or vinyl tiles and ceilings either not installed or of decorated rhino board. It usually has three rooms or less. 4. Malaene A rectangular building normally of concrete blocks or local bricks with a flat corrugated iron roof which normally comprises single rooms for rent to individual household. The standard of internal is highly variable. The definition of habitable rooms in the Malaene accepted that the norm is to combine living, cooking, eating and sleeping arrangements in a single room. 5. Optaka A single storey house of a rectangular, L or T design with a double-pitched roof of corrugated iron of corrugated iron sheets or thatch. Walls are normally of sandstone, rubble, brick or concrete blocks. Internal finishes are highly variable. The Optaka is considered to have five or less habitable rooms. 6. Bungalow A single or multiple storey house of variable design with either flat or double-pitched roof of corrugated iron sheets, tiles or thatch. Walls may be of sandstone, first grade brick or rendered and decorated concrete block. The level of internal finishes normally includes cement flooring and rhino board ceiling. 7. Apartment/Town house A single or multi-storey complex of self-contained dwelling units built of modern construction materials such as concrete block or first-grade brick with flat or double-pitched roof of corrugated iron sheets or tiles. These housing units are normally rented out. The factor, which distinguishes the apartment/town house units from malaene, is the number of habitable rooms and the level of services.

167

8. Temporary structure/Mok’huk’hu Informal housing structure commonly built by old and disused roofing materials. They don't normally have defined space and are characterized by inhabitable living conditions.

168

ANNEX 6

Reference Number

2006 POPULATION AND HOUSING CENSUSOF THE KINGDOM OF LESOTHO

Lekala La LipaloMaseru, Lesotho

A. INTERVIEW INFORMATION

1. NAME OF HEAD OF HOUSEHOLD

2. DISTRICT NAME

3. PRINCIPAL CHIEF

5. VILLAGE CHIEF

4. AREA CHIEF

District Ward Zone Urban/Rural E.A.Code Village Number Household Number HSA No Local Comm. Coun. Ques. No

IMPORTANTCreate a reference number by combining the EA Code, Village No, Household No. and the Questionnaire numbers

WRITE this number NOW on the top of all pages.

Interviewer's nameDateSupervisor's Name

6. VILLAGE NAME

Page 1 of 10

Date

this is letter 'o' not zero '0'

7. HSA NAME

1

2

3

4

5

6

Final Result code

CompletedNo household member at home

Entire household absent for extended period of timeDwelling vacant

Dwelling destroyedOther

Number of Visits Write date of visit1 2 3

Final Visit

Total Persons in household

CONFIDENTIAL/LEKUNUTU

Males

Females

1 2 3PRINT DIGITS ASSHOWN --->

2006 Population and Housing Census of Lesotho

Constituency

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

K

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reference Number

9543070569169

B2. What is (name's) relationship to head of household?

B3. Is (name) male or female?

B4. How old was (name) onhis/her last birthday?

B5. Date of birth

B6. What is (name's) marital status?

Person Number

1 - Male2 - Female

00 - Absentee Head01 - Head

02 - Spouse03 - Child

04 - son/daughter-in-law05 - grand child/great grand child

06 - parent/parent in law07 - other relative

08 - domestic employee09 - other person not related

10 herd boy

1 - Never married2 - Monogomously married

3 - polygamously married4 - living together

5 - separated6 - divorced

7 - Widowed9 - DK

B - LIST OF HOUSEHOLD MEMBERS

head

Page 2 of 10

Enter age in completedyears. ("000" for children lessthan one year)

Skip to B9 if coded 1 or 9

Month

B1. Who slept in this householdSaturday night (08/04/2006)?

Write the names of all adults.Children and babies. Includevisitors and persons temporarilyabsent (on night duty, travel, etc).

Exclude those in Lesotho if awayfor more than six months and arein convents except for membersin institutions.

Exclude those outside the countrycontinuosly for more than threeyears, except those ininstitutions.

B7. Age at first marriage (forthose who ever married i.ecode 2,3,4,5,6,7 in B6)

Enter age in completed years.88 not applicable

2006 Population and Housing Census of Lesotho

Year

0

1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

M

F

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

M

F

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

M

F

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

M

F

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

M

F

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

M

F

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

M

F

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

M

F

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reference Number

2544070563170

Member Number 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08B8.Is (name's) first or only spouse alive?

B9.Is father of (name) alive?

B10.Is mother of (name) alive?

B12.If (name) is absent outside Lesotho where is S/he staying?

B13.If (name) is absentoutside Lesotho how long has(name) lived in that country?

1 - Alive2 - Not alive

8 - Not applicable9 - DK

1 - Yes2 - No

9 - DK

1 - Yes2 - No9 - DK

15 - RSA 80 - Europe20 - Swaziland 85 - Other (specify)25 - Botswana 88 - Not App30 - Namibia 99 - DK35 - Zimbabwe40 - Zambia45 - Mozambique50 - Angola55 - Tanzania60 - Malawi65 - Other Africa(specify)70 - America75 - Asia

10 - Lesotho15 - RSA 80 - Europe20 - Swaziland 85 - Other (specify)25 - Botswana30 - Namibia35 - Zimbabwe40 - Zambia45 - Mozambique50 - Angola55 - Tanzania60 - Malawi65 - Other Africa (specify)70 - America75 - Asia

B14.What is (name's) citizenship?

Page 3 of 10

note: Give duration sincelast visit home and it shouldnot exceed 3 years.88 - not applicable for thosein Lesotho. Enter 00 for lessthan 1 year.99 - DK

Codes 4 and 5 in B11

2006 Population and Housing Census of Lesotho

B11.What is (name's) current Residential Status?1 - Present2 - Visitor

3 - Member elsewhere in Lesotho4 - Member in RSA

5 -Outside Lesotho & RSA

1

2

8

9

1

2

9

1

2

9

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

8

9

1

2

9

1

2

9

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

8

9

1

2

9

1

2

9

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

8

9

1

2

9

1

2

9

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

8

9

1

2

9

1

2

9

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

8

9

1

2

9

1

2

9

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

8

9

1

2

9

1

2

9

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

8

9

1

2

9

1

2

9

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reference Number

4588070563171

Member Number 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08B15.Where was (name) born?

B16.Where was (name) livingin April 1996?

B17.For how long has (name)lived in this village/town?

11 - Same Village/town12 - Different Village/town same district

01 - Butha-Buthe02 - Leribe03 - Berea

04 - Maseru05 - Mafeteng

06 - Mohale's Hoek07 - Quthing

08 - Qacha's Nek09 - Mokhotlong10 - Thaba Tseka

13 - RSA14 - Other Countires(specify)

99 DK

11 - Same Village/town12 - Different Village/town

01 - Butha-Buthe02 - Leribe03 - Berea

04 - Maseru05 - Mafeteng

06 - Mohale's Hoek07 - Quthing

08 - Qacha's nek09 - Mokhotlong10 - Thaba Tseka

13 - RSA14 - Other Countires (specify)

88 - For persons aged less than 1099 - DK

Page 4 of 10

Enter number of years.Enter 00 for less than 1year

2006 Population and Housing Census of Lesotho

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reference Number

3004070565172

Member Number 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

C18.Is (name) disabled?

C19.For how long has (name) beendisabled?

C20.What was the cause of disability?

01 - Amputation of fingers02 - Amputation of arms

03 - Amputation of hands04 - Amputation of toes

05 - Amputation of foot/leg06 - Lame/paralysed limb07 - Blind (Total/Partial)08 - Deaf (Total/Partial)

09 - Speech problem10 - Mental illness

11 - Mental retardation12 - Not disabled

13 - Other (Specify)99 - DK

01 - Born disabled02 - Illness

03 - Traffic accidents04 - Domestic accident

05 - Mine accident06 - Other work/ farming accident

07 - Fight / assault08 - Playing / sport

09 - Animal accident10 - Witchcraft11 - Unknown

12 - Domestic Violence13 - Other (specify)

C. FOR All PERSONS - DISABILITY

D. EDUCATION - FOR ALL PERSONS AGED 2 YEARS AND OVER

1- Never Attended2 - Still Attending

3 -Left School8 - Not Applicable

9 - DK

D21.Has (name) ever attended school?

00 - Pre school01 - 07 (Stds 1 - 7)

11 - 15 (Form 1 -5)20 - Diploma/Certificate after primary

21 - Vocational training after primary22 - Diploma/certificate after secondary23 - Vocational training after secondary

24 - Diploma/certificate after high school25 - Vocational after high school

26 - Graduate27 - Post graduate

28 - Non Formal Education29 - None

30 - Other (specify)88 NA

99 - DK

D22.What is (name's) highest level of education completed?

D23.Does (name) know how to read and write?

1 - Yes, with ease2 - Yes, with difficult

3 - Not at all4 - Blind

5 - No card with required language6 - Pre school

8 - Not applicable9 - DK

Page 5 of 10

Note: state the main disability

Those coded 1 , probe

Eg. 01 = standard 1

"000" for less than 1 year"777" for since birth

For those coded 01-07, 28 & 29 in D22, produce literacy card

Enter number of years

2006 Population and Housing Census of Lesotho

If coded 12 or 99 skip to D21

0

1

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

0

1

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

0

1

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

0

1

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

0

1

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

0

1

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

0

1

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

0

1

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

8

9

Reference Number

5556070569173

Member Number 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

E24.What was (name's)employment status during lastweek?

E25.If job seeking (code 50 in E24), what was (name's) employment status 12 months ago (April 2005)?

E26.If employed last week, who was (name's) employer? ( Codes 10 to 40 and 60 in E24)

E - ECONOMIC STATUS - FOR PERSONS AGED 10 YEARS AND ABOVE

E27. What was (name's) last type of work done last week?, ask those coded 10 to 50 and 60

01 - Agriculture02 - Fishing

03 - Mining/quarrying04 - Manufacturing/processing

05 - Electricity06 - Construction

07 wholesale & retail, repair of motor vehicles &personal & household Goods

08 Hotels & Restaurants09 Transport, storage & communication

10 Financial Intermediation11 Real estate, renting & buss. Activities

12 Public Admin., defence, comp. social service13 Education

14 Health & social work15 Other community, social & pers. services

16 -Private Household17 Extra territorial organisations bodies

88 - Not Applicable

1 - Government2 - Parastatal

3 - Private (Including self employed)4 - RSA

5 - Other (specify)8 - Not Applicable

10 - Employer20 - Own account worker/farmer

31 - Regular wages/salary earner32 - Casual worker

40 - Unpaid family worker50 - Job seeking

55 - Job seeking for the first time60 - Homemaker

65 - Housewife70 - Retired80 - Student

88 - Not Applicable90 - Disabled

95 - Other (specify)99 - DK

10 - Employer20 - Own account worker/farmer

31 - Regular wages/salary earner32 - Casual worker

40 - Unpaid family worker50 - Job seeking

55 - Job seeking for the first time60 - Homemaker

65 - Housewife70 - Retired80 - Student

90 - Disabled88 - Not Applicable95 - Other (specify)

99 - DK

E28. What was (name's) main product/service/activity of place of work?

Page 6 of 10

2006 Population and Housing Census of Lesotho

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

8

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

8

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

8

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

8

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

8

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

8

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

8

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

8

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reference Number

5636070568174

Member Number 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

11 - Same village/town12 - different village/Town same district

Other district/country01 - Butha-Buthe

02 - Leribe03 - Berea

04 - Maseru05 - Mafeteng

06 - Mohale's Hoek07 - Quthing

08 - Qacha's Nek09 - Mokhotlong

10 - Thaba -Tseka13 - RSA

14 Other countries(specify)88 - Not Applicable

99 - DK

E29.Location of Employment

E30.Location of Employment in Urban Areas

01 - Butha-Buthe02 - Hlotse

03 - Maputsoe04 -Teyateyaneng

05 - Maseru06 - Semonkong

07 - Mafeteng08 - Mohale's Hoek

09 - Moyeni10 - Qacha's Nek11 - Mokhotlong12 Thaba-Tseka

13 -RSA14 - Other Countries (specify)

88 Not Applicable99 - DK

Page 7 of 10

E31.Has (name) ever worked in RSA in the past 10 years (since 1996)?

E32.If (name) ever worked in RSA in the past 10 years, how long has s/he worked?

1 - Never worked2 - Worked in the past

3 - Presently working in RSA8 - Not applicable

9 - DK

Enter 00 for less than 1 year

Code "88" for those coded 1,8 and 9 in E31

2006 Population and Housing Census of Lesotho

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reference Number

7788070568175

F. WOMEN 12 TO 49 YEARS (FERTILITY)For each woman 12 - 49 years, enter woman line number from the list of household members

Woman Line Number

F33. How many pregnancies have you had?

F34. Have you ever given a live birth?

F35. Have you ever given a live birth in the last 12 months?.

F36. When did you give your last live birth?

F37. What was the sex of the last live birth? (Include those who were born alive and died afterwards).

F38.Is the last child still alive?.

F39. How many sons live with you?.

F40. How many daughters live with you?.

F41. How many sons are alive but do not live with you?.

F42. How many daughters are alive but do not live with you?.

F43. How many sons have died?.

F44. How many daughters have died?.

G. WOMEN 12 TO 49 YEARS (MATERNAL MORTALITY)Woman Line Number

G45. How many sisters (of the same mother) do you have aged 15 years and over?

G46. How many sisters (of the same mother) died after reaching the age of 15?

Month Year Month Year Month Year Month Year Month Year

G47. How many of these dead sisters died due to pregnancy?

G48. How many of these dead sisters died during childbirth?

G49. How many of these dead sisters died during six weeks after end of pregnancy?

2006 Population and Housing Census of Lesotho

Enter 00 for no sisters 15 years and over & move to the next female/ section H (Alive or dead)

For each woman 12 - 49 years, enter woman line number from the list of household members

Male Female

Yes No

Page 8 of 10

M

F

Y

N

M

F

Y

N

M

F

Y

N

M

F

Y

N

M

F

Y

N

Enter 00 for no pregnancies. If 00 skip to G45

Enter 00 for no. If yes:How many children were born alive altogether? If no, skip to G45

If yes, how many? Enter 00 for none

Enter month and year

Reference Number

9392070561176

H50. What is the tenure of the land? H51a. From whom did you acquire your land? H51b. From which government agency did youacquire your land?

H52. Number of housing unitsRontabole

Heisi

Polata

Malaene

Optaka

Apartment\Town House

Bungalow

Temporary Structure

H53. Number of roomsRontabole

Heisi

Polata

Malaene

Optaka

Apartment\Town House

Bungalow

Temporary Structure

H54. Main type of house. H55. Main material of constructionof walls of the main type of house

H56. Main material of the floor ofthe main type of house

H57. Main material of the roof ofthe main type of house

H58. Main fuel for cooking H59. Main fuel for heating H60. Main fuel for lighting H61. Main toilet facility

H62. What is the main source ofdrinking water for the household?

H63. How long does it take to getwater. State time in minutes. i.eto go, get water and come backwalking?

H64.Possession of one of the following by one of the H/Hmembers

LeasedholdTitle deed

Form CNo title

DK

Government AgencyAllocated by chief

Bought from somebodyInherited/gift

Other (Specify)DK

LEHCOOP/Lesotho housing/LHLDCUDS/Mabote Project

LSPPMCC

RontaboleHeisi

PolataMalaeneOptaka

Apartment HousesBungalow

Temporary Structure/Mok'huk'hu

Burned bricksCement bricks

Mud bricksStick and mud

Corrugated ironStone

Other/Specify

Brick tilesTiles

Mud and DungWood

CementVinyl/Linoleum

CarpetOther/Specify

Thatch/StrawRoof tiles

Corrugated ironOther/Specify

Electricity (mains)Electricity (generator)

Electricity (solar)Gas

ParaffinCoal

Wood Dung

Crop wasteOther Specify

Electricity (mains)Electricity (generator)

Electricity (solar)Gas

ParaffinCoal

WoodDung

Crop wasteOther Specify

Electricity (mains)Electricity (generator)

Electricity (solar)Electricity (battery)

GasParaffinCandles

Other/Specify

No toiletSewage system

Septic tankSoak awayPit Latrine

VIP

01 Piped water on premises02-Piped water community supply

03 -Catchment tank04 - Public well

05 - Private well06 - Spring covered

07 - spring not covered08 -River

09 - Private borehole10 - Public borehole

11 - Other/Specify

00 - 1415 - 2930 - 4445 - 4950 - 5960- 119

120 +

RadioTelevisionTelephone

Cellular PhoneRefridgeratorBed/mattress

CarScotch cartComputer

Internet

H - HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS AND HOUSEHOLD POSSESSIONS

Page 9 of 10

Skip to H52 if coded 2 to 9

If coded 1, 5 or 9 skip to H64

2006 Population and Housing Census of Lesotho

1

2

3

4

9

1

2

3

4

5

9

1

2

3

4

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

6

0

1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Y N

Y N

Y N

Y N

Y N

Y N

Y N

Y N

Y N

Y N

Reference Number

6533070565177

H65. Do you own one of the following

Fields

Cattle

Sheep

Goats

Horses

Donkeys

Pigs

Improved Poultry

Rabbits

I: DEATHS OF HOUSEHOLD MEMBERS DURING PAST 12 MONTHS THAT IS, SINCE APRIL 2005I67. Did death occur in the household since April 2005? Y

N

Serial Number

I68. Sex of the Deceased

I69. How old was thedeceased?Age in completedyears.Enter 00 for the ageless than 1 year

I70. What was the cause ofdeath?

01 - Respiratory disease/ serame02 - Sejeso

03 - Headache04 - Diarrhea

05 - Heart Diseases06 - High Blood

07 - Stress08 - Stroke

09 - Diabetis10 - Accidents11 - Borurusi

12 - HIV/AIDS13 - Other (Specify)

Page 10 of 10

state the number

IF NO,GO TO THE NEXT HOUSEHOLD

Unimproved Poultry

Mules

H66. How does this household dispose off its refuse/rubbish?Regularly Collected

Irregularly CollectedCommunal refuse dump

Own refuse dumpRoadside dumping

Other(specify)

1

2

3

4

5

6

2006 Population and Housing Census of Lesotho

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

M

F

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

M

F

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

M

F

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

M

F

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

M

F

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Reference Number

9767070567178

179

ANNEX 7

LESOTHO POPULATION AND HOUSING CENSUS 9TH APRIL 2011

INSTITUTION POPULATION QUESTIONNAIRE CONFIDENTIAL/LEKUNUTU

Ward

INSTITUTION NUMBER

Zone

INSTITUTION NAME___________________________ constituency

Health service Area

Interviewer’s name_______________________ Date _______________________ Supervisor’s name________________________

EA CODE District

180

ALL MEMBERS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Name and

Surname Sex 1 Male 2 Female

Age Give age in completed years.

What is(names) current Residential status 1 Present 2 Visitors 3 Member elsewhere in Lesotho 4 Member in RSA 5 Outside Lesotho and RSA.

What is (name’s) Citizenship? 10 Lesotho 15 RSA 20 Swaziland 25 Botswana 30 Namibia 35 Zimbabwe 40 Zambia 45 Mozambique 50 Angola 55 Tanzania 60 Malawi 65 Other Africa 70 America 75 Asia 80 Europe 85 Other 99 Don’t Know

Is mother of (names) alive? 1 YES 2 No 9 Dk

Is father of (names) alive? 1 YES 2 No 9 Dk

Highest Standard Passed Eg 01= standard 1 02= standard 2 etc 00 =Pre school 01-07(Stds 1-7) 11-15(Form 1-5) 20 Diploma/Certificate after Primary 21 Vocational training after Primary 22 Diploma/Certificate after Secondary 23 Vocational training after Secondary 24 Diploma/Certificate after High School 25 Vocational after High School 26 Graduate 27 Post graduate 28 Non formal education 29 None 30 Others(specify) 88 Not applicable 99 DK

Employment Status 10 Employer 20 Own account work/farmer 31 Regular wage/salary earner 32 Casual worker 40 Unpaid family worker 50 Job seeking 55 Job seeking for the first time 60 home maker 65 house wife 70 Retired 80 Student 90 Disabled 95 Other 99 Don’t Know

Type of work done last week 1 Herd boy 2 Other (specify)

1 2 3

181

ANNEX 8

LESOTHO POPULATION AND HOUSING CENSUS 9TH APRIL 2011

CATTLE POST POPULATION QUESTIONNAIRE CONFIDENTIAL/LEKUNUTU

ward

Cattle post Area___________________ zone

Village___________________________ constituency

Health service Area

Interviewer’s name_______________________ Date _______________________ Supervisor’s name________________________

EA CODE District

182

ALL MEMBERS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Name and

Surname Sex 1 Male 2 Female

Age Give age in completed years.

What is(names) current Residential status 1 Present 2 Visitors 3 Member elsewhere in Lesotho 4 Member in RSA 5 Outside Lesotho and RSA.

Is mother of (names) alive? 1 YES 2 No 9 Dk

Is father of (names) alive? 1 YES 2 No 9 Dk

Highest Standard Passed Eg 01= standard 1 02= standard 2 etc 00 =Pre school 01-07(Stds 1-7) 11-15(Form 1-5) 20 Diploma/Certificate after Primary 21 Vocational training after Primary 22 Diploma/Certificate after Secondary 23 Vocational training after Secondary 24 Diploma/Certificate after High School 25 Vocational after High School 26 Graduate 27 Post graduate 28 Non formal education 29 None 30 Others(specify) 88 Not applicable 99 DK

Employment Status 10 Employer 20 Own account work/farmer 31 Regular wage/salary earner 32 Casual worker 40 Unpaid family worker 50 Job seeking 55 Job seeking for the first time 60 home maker 65 house wife 70 Retired 80 Student 90 Disabled 95 Other 99 Don’t Know

Type of work done last week 1 Herd boy 2 Other (specify)

1 2 3 4 5

183

ANNEX 9

CALENDER OF EVENTS

2006 LESOTHO CALENDER OF EVENTS

Prepared by BUREAU OF STATISTICS P.O.Box 455 Maseru 100 Tel: 266 22323852 Fax: 266 22310177

184

Table I Lenane la pele la lilemo tsa tlhaho li fetoletsoe lilemong tseo motho a li qelileng. Selemo Sa Tlhaho Lilemo

(Born) (Age) (Born) (Age)

1881 125 1919 87 1882 124 1920 86 1883 123 1921 85 1884 122 1922 84 1885 121 1923 83 1886 120 1924 82 1887 119 1925 81 1888 118 1926 80 1889 117 1927 79 1890 116 1928 78 1891 115 1929 77 1892 114 1930 76 1893 113 1931 75 1894 112 1932 74 1895 111 1933 73 1896 110 1934 72 1897 109 1935 71 1898 108 1936 70 1899 107 1937 69 1900 106 1938 68 1901 105 1939 67 1902 104 1940 66 1903 103 1941 65 1904 102 1942 64 1905 101 1943 63 1906 100 1944 62 1907 99 1945 61 1908 98 1946 60 1909 97 1947 59 1910 96 1948 58 1911 95 1949 57 1912 94 1950 56 1913 93 1951 55 1914 92 1952 54 1915 91 1953 53 1916 90 1954 52 1917 89 1955 51 1918 88 1956 50

(Born) (Age) 1957 49 1958 48 1959 47 1960 46 1961 45 1962 44 1963 43 1964 42 1965 41 1966 40 1967 39 1968 38 1969 37 1970 36 1971 35 1972 34 1973 33 1974 32 1975 31 1976 30 1977 29 1978 28 1979 27 1980 26 1981 25 1982 14 1983 23 1984 22 1985 21 1986 20 1987 19 1988 18 1989 17 1990 16

185

(Born) (Age) 1991 15 1992 14 1993 13 1994 12 1995 11 1996 10 1997 9 1998 8 1999 7 2000 6 2001 5 2002 4 2003 3 2004 2 2005 1

MOKHOA OA HO FUMANA LILEMO TSA MOTHO

batla ho tseba lilemo tseo a li qetileng.

a. Ha motho a tseba hore na o qetile lilemo tse kae , ngola lilemo tsa hae ka ho otloloha bakeng se khethetsoeng lilemo pampering ea lipotso tsa palo (Questionnaire).

b. Ha motho a tseba selemo seo a hlahileng ka sona , sebelisa Table 1 ho fumana hore na o lilemo li kae.

c. Batho ba bangata ba ka ‘na ba se ba tseba lilemo tseo ba hlahileng ka tsona . Ho ba joalo sebelisa Table II (Lenane la liketsahalo ka thlathlamano ). Haeba motho ea baloang a sa tsebe le ketsahalo e bileng teng selemong seo a hlahileng ka sona , mo shebe ‘me o leke ho hakanya hore na a ka ba lilemo li kae.

1884 Hlakubele 18. 122 years Pitso ea Khotso, Maseru

Tsipinare o bolaoa ke Lefulere.

1886 Hlakubele 11. 120 years Ha qala merafo ea Gauda

Transvaal (witwaterstrand). Ho theoa motse oa

Johannesburg.

1888 Phato 17. 117 years Ha timela Sekake, mora e moholo oa Molomo.

1888 Phato 14. 117 years Hoa Timela Morena Ramaneella,

Mor’a Makhabane. 1889 Pherekhong 5 117 years Hoa timela Mofumahali ‘Masenate, Mohats’a morena e moholo Letsie, a e peloa Thaba- Bosiu 1891 Pulungoana 20. 114 years Hoa timela Morena e moholo

Letsie. 1893 Ts’itoe. 113 years

Ntoa e rahile Lobangula le Matebele a hae.

186

1874 ’Me sa 17 132 years Ho fihla ha Baruti ba

Chache Lesotho. Tsatsi la fifala

1877 ‘Mesa. 129 years Bo-moruti Coillard ba tloha Leribe ho ea Bonyai 1879 Pherekhong 1. 127 years Ntoa ea Moorosi. 1879 Mphalane 16. 126 years Pitso ea Sprigg e leng ea Lithunya Maseru. 1880 Loetse 13. 125 years Ntoa ea Lithunya ea qala ho loana Qalabane. 1881 Pherekhong 16,28. 125 years Mr. John Austen a bolaoa ke Batlokoa ba lelingoana. 1883 Hlakola 27. 123 years Mokete o moholo oa jubilee ea kereke

1894 Mots’eanong 20. 112 years Hoa timela moruti oa Letsie. Moruti A.Mabile, selemong sa hae sa 57. 1896 Pulungoana. 109 years

Rinderperst, e leng lefu la likhomo, La kena Lesotho.

1898 Pherekhong 6. 108 years

Ntoa ea Masupha le Lerotholi, Qiloane.

1905 Phato 19 . 100 years Hoa timela Lerotholi , Morena e moholo oa Lesotho. 1908 Jubile ea kereke ea Lesotho , ea 98 years Lilemo tse 75. 1909 Pherekhong 16. 97 years Morena Seeiso le Marena a mang ba Theoha Maseru ho ea England moo ba romiloeng ke Morena Letsie II ho ea rapela Morena Edward VII hore Lesotho lese kengoe kopanong ea South Africa.

187

1910 Motšeanong 6 96 years Hoa timela King Edward VII, Morena oa England a le lilemo tse 68 ‘me a busitse ka lilemo tse 9. Naledi ea Mochochonono ea Halley ea bonahala. 1913 Pherekhong 28. 93 years Hoa timela Morena e Moholo Letsie II Morena Griffith a beoa Morena e Moholo oa Lesotho. 1915 Loetse 12. 90 years Hoa timela Morena Mokhele Moletsane. 1918 Mphalane 4. 87 years Hoa fihla lefu la “Spanish Influenca’ Mokakallane, South Africa le Lesotho. Hoa timela Morena Leshoboro Majara. Hoa timela morena Josefa Molapo, mora e Moholo oa Molapo 1919 Morena Griffith a etela Engelane. 87 years

1921 Motseanong 18. 85 years Hoa etela Mohlomphehi ngoana oa Morena Prince of Connaught, Lesotho. Ha eba le Pitso e kholo Maseru. 1921 Phupu 24 84 years Ha timela Morena Peete Ramaneella, Mapoteng.A patoa Thaba-Bosiu. 1922 Phupu 24 83 Years Ha timela Morena Mitchell Peete Ramaneella, Koeneng. 1924 ‘Mesa 19 82 years Ha timela Morena Maama Letsie, Popa. 1925 Pherekhong 9 81 years Morena Mojela Letsie Tšakholo. Khakolo ea Sefika sa khopotso ea ba Basoeu le Basotho ba shoetseng ntoeng e kholo, Europe.Sefika seo se Maseru ‘me sa khakoloa ke leqosa le phahameng Earl of Athlone.

‘Mesa 28. Edward, Prince of Wales, Mojalefa Oa King George V. a etela Basotho. Pitso e kholo ea lula Maseru.

188

1934 Hlakubele 1. 72 years Ketelo ea ngoana oa Morena Prince George, Maseru. 1935 Motšeanong 4. 71 years Jubile ea lilemo tse 25 tsa ho Busa hoa Motlotlehi King George V. Sir William Clarke, Leqosa le Phahameng o khahlangoetsoa ke Morena e moholo le Marena ka la 5, ‘me o bua le sechaba ka la 6, Pitsong 1936 Pherekhong 21. 70 years Hoa timela Motlotlehi King George V. Palo ea Sechaba Lesotho. 1937 Tsitoe 5. 69 years Hoa timela Morena Motsoane Molapo. 1938 Pherekhong 15 68 years Morena Paulosi Mopeli Joele Molapo a timela. Pherekhong 22. Morena Masupha J.D Masupha a Timela.

1928 Phupjane. 78 years Hoa timela Morena Api Lerotholi.

Leotse 9 Morena Jonathan Molapo a Timela Leribe

1930 Mphalane 31. 75 years Hoa timela Morena Mathe (Thakabanna) Oa Makhoakhoa. 1931 Mphalane 11 74 years Sir Herbert Stanley, Leqosa le Phahameng pitsong Maseru. Lefu la Morena Lelingoana Maketekete Tlokoeng. 1932 Pherekhong 2. 74 years Hoa timela Morena Makhaola Lerotholi. 1933 Mphalane 11 73 years Lerole le letšo – letšo ho feta matsatsing a mang. Komello e kholo e bile teng Lesotho nakong tseo , le libakeng tse ling tsa South Africa. ( Lerole le lefubelu). Jubile ea lilemo tse 100 Baruti ba P.E.M.S ba fihlile Lesotho. 1934 Hlakubele 1. 72 years Ketelo ea ngoana oa Morena

Prince George, Maseru.

189

1942 Hoa thaothoa Basotho ho ea ntoeng e kholo 64 years ea bobeli e le masole 1945 Ntoa e kholo ea bobeli ea fela. 61 years Qaleho ea Pius XII University College, Roma. 1946 Masole a Basotho a khutlela hae. 60 years Palo ea Sechaba Lesotho. 1947 March 12 69 years Motlotlehi King George VI a etela Lesotho, le mofumahali oa hae le barali. 1948 Morena Bereng Griffith le Gabasheane 58 years Masupha ba bolaoa. 1951 Mohlomphehi Morena e moholo 55 Years ‘Mantsebo Seeiso le Marena a mang ba etela England. 1952 Motlotlehi King George VI a timela 54 years Mobabatsehi, Moarekabishopo ‘Mabathoana a khetheloa ke morena Papa setulo sa bo Arkbishop,e le Mosotho oa pele.

1938 ‘Mesa 11 68 years Mokete oa Jubile ea Morena e Moholo N. Griffith Lerotholi C.B.E., oa lilemo Tse 25 tsa ho busa ha hae. 1938 Motšeanong 02 68 years Tsoalo ea Khosi Moshoeshoe II 1939 Motseanong 25. 67 years Hoa timela Morena Joshua Sempe Nkoebe Tsoalo ea Motlotlehi Mofumahali ‘Mamohato Bereng Seeiso. Phupu 23. 66 years Hoa timela Morena e Moholo Nathanael Griffith Letlama C.B.S. Loetse 3. Qaleho ea ntoa e kholo ea bobeli (ntoa ea Hitler). 1940 Hlakola 17. 66 years Peo ea Morena e Moholo Seeiso Griffith Lerotholi, pitsong ea Maseru, Mohlomphehi Leqosa le Phahameng Sir Edward Harding a le teng.

Lefu la Morena Ntaote Letsie le morena Qhobela Joele. 1942 Ha thaothoa Basotho ho ea ntoeng e kholo 64 years

ea bobeli e le masole

190

1953 Phupjane 52 years Mofumahali Elizabeth II a beoa. 1956 Lefu la Morena Moeketsi Mokhele oa 50 years Taung ( Mohale’s hoek). Lefu la Morena L. Theko oa Thaba- Bosiu. Palo ea sechaba Lesotho. 1956 Sefefo sa ripitla motse oa Thaba-Bosiu. 50 years 1957 Seoa sa Lefu la “flue”. 49 years 1959 Pulo ea lebala le leholo la lipapali Maseru. 47 years Lefu la morena Mosuoe Lelingoana Tlokoeng. 1960 Pherekhong. 46 years Likhetho Lesotho. Koluoa ea Coalbrook. Hlakubele 12. 46 years Peo ea Morena e Moholo Moshoeshoe II 1961 Mphalane. 44 years Mefere-fere ea lipolotiki Maseru. 1962 Phato 23 43 years Lenyalo la Morena e Moholo Moshoeshoe II. Mohlomphehi A.F.GILES ea e ba ‘Musisi. Jubile ea lilemo tse 100 tsa kereke e Khatholiki. 1963 Phupu 17 42 years Tsoalo ea ngoana oa ntlo ea borena bo boholo Mohato. Sekolo se seholo sa Pius XII, sa fetoloa se seholo sa sechaba sa Lesotho Botswana le Swaziland. 1964 Lefu la Morena Theko Makhaola 42 years (Qacha’s nek) Ho hlongoa “ U.B.L.S.” Roma. 1964 Hlakubele 18. 42 years Lefu la Mofumahali Amalie ‘Mantsebo Seeiso. 1964 Phupjane 18. 41 years Hoa na Lehloa ka bongata bo esoka bo bonoa e sa le e le hotloha ka 1922. 1964 Mphalane 18 41 years Polao ea Ma – BCP Rothe, Mafeteng.

191

1965 Pherekhong 3 41 years Lefu la morena Letsie Motšoene Leribe. 1966 Mphalane 4 39 years Lesotho le fumantšoa boipuso Ke ‘muso oa England. Lefu la Moarekabishopo ‘Mabathoana 1970 Hoa phatlalatsoa Qomatsi 36 years 1974 Hoa hlaseloa metebo ea sepolesa 32 years ke Mahatammoho (BCP). 1976 Mphalane 4 29 years Hoa ketekeloa lilemo tse Leshome Lesotho le fumane boipuso Palo ea sechaba Lesotho 1978 Lesotho le sebelisa chelete ea 28 years Maloti sebakeng sa ea li-ranta. 1978 Kereke ea Chache ea khetha 28 years Mobishopo Philipi Mokuku e le Mobishopo oa pele, ngoana oa Lesotho.

192

1982 Tsitoe 9 23 years Maseru ea futuheloa ke masole a a Afrika Boroa, ha bolaoa Basotho Ba 42. 1983 Kereke ea Lesotho ea Evangeli 23 years ea ketekela lilemo tse 150 e theiloe Lesotho 1985 Ha ketekeloa lilemo tse 25 khosi 21 years Bereng Seeiso e le Motlotlehi Moshoeshoe 1986 Pherekhong 20 20 years ‘Mosu oa BNP oa oela, ‘me masole a nka puso. Pulungoana 19 years Ha timela Benghali Makhele le Seqeshe le Mafumahali a bona. Palo ea sechaba Lesotho. 1987 Lefu la Morena Leabua Jonathan. 19 years Koluoa ea Kinross Mine, hoa shoa Basotho ba bangata. 1988 Loetse 17 years Ketelo ea Mopapa Johanne Paulosi Lesotho 1989 Phupjane 16 years Lefu la Moareka Bishipo Morapeli. 1990 Pulungoana 16 years Moshoeshoe II a theoloa setulong sa Botlotlehi ke ‘muso oa masole, hoa Beoa Letsie III 1991 Motseanong 16 years Polao ea ‘Manthabiseng Senatsi 1993 Hlakobele 27 13 years Likhetho tsa pele tse “Demogratic” Lesotho ‘Mesa 5 13 years Dr. Ntsu Mokhehle a beoa setulong sa hae sa bo Tona-kholo 1994 Pherekhong 23 12 years Ntoa pakeng tsa sesole sa Lesotho Motseanong 12 years Seteraeke sa Mapolesa a Lesotho

193

1994 ‘Mesa 14 12 years Hoa timela Mokhethoa oa Hlotse Monghali Selometsi Baholo, eo eneng ele Motlatsi oa Tona-kholo Dr. Ntsu Mokhehle Phato 17 12 years Ho phetholoa ha nakoana hoa ‘Muso oa BCP ke Motlotlehi Letsie III Hoa timela Basotho ka pela ntlo ea Botlotlehi. 1995 Pherekhong 15 11 years Ho busetsoa setulong sa Botlotlehi Ha Moshoeshoe II le ho theoha Ha Letsie III Motseanong 10 11 years Ho timela hoa Basotho ba 54 Morafong oa Vaal Reefs. Phupu Seteraeke sa Matichere Lesotho. Loetse 19 10 years Ketelo ea President Nelson Mandela oa Afrika Boroa Lesotho.

1996 Pherekhong 15 10 years Ho timela Motlotlehi hlooho ea Naha Moshoeshoe II Hlakola 3 10 years Ho bolaoa Basotho ba 15 Matelile, Ba belaelloa ka bosholu ba Liphoofolo Hlakola 7 10 years Ho hlomamisoa hoa Khosana Mohato Seeiso setulong sa Botlotlehi Mesa 10 years Palo ea sechaba Lesotho. 1998 Ho shoa hoa Tona-Kholo ea 8 years Lesotho Dr. Ntsu Mokhehle Loetse 20 8 years Ho kena hoa masole a SADC Lesotho 1999 Phato 27 6 years Ho patoa Dr. J.T.Kolane, Motsamaisi oa lipuisano kalekhotleng la sechaba.

194

1999 Mphalane 29. 6 years NUL’s Alumni Conference. 2000 Pherekhong 14 6 years Ho bolokoa Monghali B.M .Khaketla , sengoli sa libuka. Hlakola 18 6 years Lenyalo la Motlotlehi Khosi Letsie III. 2001 Mphalane 07 4 years Tlhaho ea Khosatsana Senate. 2002 Motseanong Likhetho tse a karetsang Lesotho 2003 Loetse 06 2 years Lefu la Mofumahali ‘Mamohato. Hoa shoa Morena oa Sehloho oa Phamong Morena Bereng Selala Letsie. Hoa Shoa Morena oa Sehloho Oa Tlokoeng Morena Halialohe Matšohlo Sekonyela.

2006 ‘Mesa 9 0 years Palo ea sechaba

195

ANNEX 10

KINGDOM OF LESOTHO

2006 POPULATION AND HOUSING CENSUS

EDITING AND CODING MANUAL BUREAU OF STATISTICS P.O. BOX 455 MASERU 100 LESOTHO September 2006

196

2006 POPULATION AND HOUSING CENSUS Coding is the transformation of qualitative information into a quantifiable one. It is essential to pre-code items in the questionnaire in order to speed up electronic data processing and to ease data analysis. As most parts of the questionnaire are pre-coded, the only items of data that need to be coded are mainly those that require some kind of description to bring out the exact situation at the time of enumeration. The list of codes for such descriptive data could not be included in the questionnaire since such a list would be too long.

GENERAL 1. Ensure that questionnaires that belong to one enumeration area (EA)

are put together. 2. Ensure that each questionnaire consists of 10 pages, that is, there

should be 1 of 10, 2 of 10 pages and so on until 10 of 10 pages.

3. Make sure that each questionnaire in the EA is given in sequence number.

4. Make sure that there are, no blank spaces, except for the skips in all

the sections of the questionnaire, otherwise, consult your supervisor.

CHECKING AND EDITING OF CENSUS DATA Checking and editing of census data guarantees that:

a. Information about an individual is complete. b. There is consistency between the various data elements, that is, all elements in every column about individual characteristics are compatible.

It is your duty therefore, to identify incomplete and /or inconsistent data and bring them to the attention of your supervisor for corrective action. Your main objective is to strive towards the creation of complete and error free data. The success of the processing and analysis of data depends heavily on your effort to ensure accuracy of the data. You should however not take any corrective action on the data without consulting with your supervisor.

197

PART A Part A is for the purpose of identifying households, as well as for checking purposes, both in the field and in the office. 1. Check whether the REFERENCE NUMBER has been filled in each page

and correctly entered. Reference number is made up of EA code, Village number, Household number and the questionnaire number.

2. If there is more than one questionnaire in one household, the last digit

of the reference number will change. 3. All circles should be BUBBLED neatly. Like this ●

4. Geographic Identification Particulars are described below; (and for the

codes refer to annex 1)

District: Refers to the code of the district under which the village is administered.

Zone: Refers to the code of the zone, under which village falls which could

be either Lowland, Foothills, Senqu River Valley or mountain.

Ward: Refers to the code of the ward under which the village falls.

EA Code: Refers to the enumeration area to which you will be assigned by the office.

Household number: Ensure consistent numbering of households for each

village in the EA. Questionnaire number: Ensure consistent numbering of questionnaires

in each household, especially if more than one questionnaire is used.

Health Service Area number: Refers to the clinic, which is nearest to the village recorded. Each clinic has a number, you have to fill in the number in the space provided e.g. J4458

Village: write the name and number of the village in the space provided

Local Community Council: Refers to the number of the local community

council under which the recorded village falls.

Urban/Rural: Refers to whether the area is Urban or Rural. If it is urban, delete rural and write code 1, if it is rural delete urban and write code 2 in the appropriate box.

Household head: Refers to the names of the head of the household (first

name and surname) as given by the head or a responsible member of the household. In the absence of the entire household, the neighbors or the

198

headman will supply this information. The head of the household (hlooho ea lelapa) is generally the one who is responsible for the upkeep and maintenance of the household. He/She is not necessarily the oldest person in the household.

Names of Chiefs: Refers to the name of the principal /ward chief, that of

the area chief and finally that of the village chief or headman responsible for administering the village.

In some cases it will happen that the principal/ward chief is simultaneously an area chief (chief of a number of villages). In such cases, his name will show in two cases i.e. as area chief, and principal/ward chief.

5. Check that each village has a consecutive 2-digit number starting with

01 for the first village, 02 for the second village until the last. 6. Check that total persons in household are equal to total number listed

in B1. If total persons in the household are more than 8 there should be more than one questionnaire filled.

7. Check that sex of “Total Persons in household” is the same as in B3

8. Check if “Final Results Codes” reflect what is contained in the

questionnaire that is, if coded 1 the questionnaire should not be blank. CONSISTENCY CHECKING PART B: LIST OF HOUSEHOLD MEMBERS Each column represents information about each individual 1. Rows B1 and B3

These refer to the name of the household member in (B1) and

sex (in B3). It should be taken into consideration that, most names (though not all) relate to the sex of a household member.

2. Rows B2, B3 and B6:

If coded 03 in B2 age in B4 should be less than those coded 01 and 02 in B2, i.e. children’s age should not be greater than that of parents.

Parents age should be greater than that of a child by at least 12

years

199

If head of household (B2 = 00 or 01) and married (B6 = code 2 or 3),

then spouse (B2 = 02) must be married (B6 = code 2 or 3) and sex (B3) must be opposite to that of head (B2 = code 01).

3. Rows B4, B5, B6, and B7

Check that B4 and B5 are consistent

If age (B4) is less than 12 years, then (B6) marital status must be coded 1 (never married).

If code in B6 (marital status) is NOT 1 or 9, then (B7) (Age at

first marriage) must NOT be code 88 (NA) except for code 4 (living together) in B6.

4. Rows B4, B15, B16 and B17

If age in B4 is less than 10 years, B16 should be coded 88 (For persons aged less than 10 years).

B17 must not be greater than B4.

If B4 = B17, then B15 should be coded 11.

5. Rows B11, B12 and B13

If B11 is coded 1,2,or 3, B12 and B13 must be coded 88 (NA). If B11 is coded 4 or 5, B12 and B13 must not be coded 88 (NA).

PART C: DISABILITY

6. Rows C18 to C20

If C18 is coded 12 or 99, then C19 and C20 should have been skipped.

PART D: EDUCATION There must be consistency between age and level of education

7. Rows B4, D21, D22 and D23

200

If in B4, age is less than 2 years, D21 to D23 must be coded 8 or 88 that is (NA).

If in D21 the code is 1 D22 must be coded 88 (NA).

If coded 11-27 in D22, then D23 must be coded 1

PART E: ECONOMIC ACTIVITY STATUS

8. Rows E24 to E32

If in B4, age is less than 10 years, E24 to E32 must be coded 88 (NA).

If E24 is NOT coded 50, E25 must be coded 88 (NA) i.e. E25 is

applicable to members coded 50 in E24 ONLY. If E24 is coded 10 to 40 and 60, then E26 must NOT be coded 88

(NA). If E24 is coded 10 to 50 and 60, E27 to E31 must NOT be coded 88

(NA) EXCEPT E30 that can be 88 (NA) i.e. for those who are not working in urban areas.

For codes in E27, use ISCO 88 codes If E31 is coded 1, 8 and 9, E32 must be coded 88 (NA).

If E31 is coded 2 or 3, E32 must not exceed 10 years.

Note: If major group 2 is mentioned check the highest level of education PART F: FERTILITY Check whether woman line number corresponds with that in B1 and age in B4 is between 12 and 49 years.

9. Rows B3, B4, B8 and F33 to F44 If B3 (sex) is coded 1 and B4 is less than 12 and more than 49

years, then F33 to F44 must not be filled. The number in F34 should not necessarily be equal to or be the

same as those in F33. If F33 is 00, then F34 to F44 must not be filled.

If F34 is 00, then F35 to F44 should be blank.

201

The sum of F39 to F44 must equal the number in F34

PART G: MATERNAL MORTALITY Make sure that woman line number from fertility section is correctly transferred and corresponds to woman line number in maternal mortality section and are in the same column.

10. Rows G45 to G49

If G45 = 00 then G46 to G49 must not be filled. The sum of G47 to G49 must not exceed G46

PART H: HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS AND POSSESSIONS

. 11. Rows H51 to H63

If H51a is coded 1 then H51b must be filled. The number of housing units in H52 should not be more than the

number of rooms in H53.

If H62 is coded 01, 05, or 09 then H63 must be skipped If H64 is coded Y in Internet & Computer consult your supervisor.

PART I: DEATHS

12. Rows I67 to I70

If I67 is coded Y then I68 to I70 must be filled.

202

ANNEX 1 DISTRICT CODES District code Butha-Buthe 01 Leribe 02 Berea 03 Maseru 04 Mafeteng 05 Mohale’s Hoek 06 Quthing 07 Qacha’s Nek 08 Mokhotlong 09 Thaba-Tseka 10 ZONES Zone code Lowland 1 Foothill 2 Mountain 3 Senqu River Valley 4 WARD CODE DISTRICT Butha-Buthe 01 Butha-Buthe Makhoakhoeng 02 Leribe 03 Leribe Tsikoane, Peka le Kolobere 04 Mamathe le Thupa Kubu 05 Berea Kueneng le Mapoteng 06 Maqhaka 07 Thaba-Bosiu le Ratau 08 Maseru Matsieng 09 Rothe, Kolo le Thaba-tseka 10 Kubake le Ramabanta 11 Maama 12 Tebang 13 Mafeteng Likhoele 14 Tajane le Pontseng 15 Matelile 16

203

Phamong 17 Mohale’s Hoek Taung 18 Likoeneng 19 Thaba-Tsoeu 20 Sebapala 21 Quthing Qacha’s Nek 22 Qacha’s Nek Mokhotlong 23 Mokhotlong Tlokoeng 24 RURAL AND URBAN CODES Urban 1 Rural 2 URBAN CENTRES Butha-Buthe 01 Hlotse 02 Maputsoe 03 Teyateyaneng 04 Maseru 05 Semonkong 06 Mafeteng 07 Mohale’s hoek 08 Moyeni 09 Qacha’s Nek 10 Mokhotlong 11 Thaba-Tseka 12 Hospitals and Health Centres – 2005 Berea HSA A3010 Berea Govt Hospital 1. A2181 Little Flower Health Centre/Kolonyama 2. A3151 Gethsemane Health Centre 3. A3171 St. Magdalena Health Centre 4. A3241 St. David Health Centre 5. A3300 Mahlatsa Health Centre 6. A3310 Mohatlane Health Centre Butha-Buthe HSA B1010 Butha Buthe Govt Hospital 7. B1111 St. Paul Health Centre 8. B1170 Linakeng Health Centre 9. B2251 St. Denis Health Centre 10. B2293 Emmanuel Health Centre

204

11. B2330 Khabo Health Centre L.F.D.S. HSA 12. C0130 Sehong-hong Health Centre 13. C0170 Bobete Health Post 14. C0180 Manamaneng Health Centre 15. C0190 Sepinare Health Centre 16. C6120 Nohana Health Centre 17. C6180 Nkau Health Centre 18. C8130 Kuebunyane Health Centre 19. C8160 Lebakeng Health Centre 20. C9180 Tlhanyaku Health Centre Leribe HSA D2010 Motebang Govt Hospital 21. D2300 Maputsoe Filter Clinic 22. D2111 St. Rose Health Centre 23. D2121 St. Monica’s Health Centre 24. D2131 Pontmain Health Centre 25. D2141 Maryland Health Centre 26. D2151 Mositi/Our Lady of Lourdes Health Centre 27. D2161 Louis Gerard Health Centre 28. D2171 St. Anne Health Centre 29. D2188 Springfield Health Centre 30. D2200 Peka Health Centre 31. D2218 Ramapepe/Thaba-Phatšoa Health Centre 32. D2261 Mahobong Holy Trinity Health Centre 33. D2270 Seetsa Health Centre 34. D2281 St. Margaret Health Centre 35. D2290 Matlameng Health Centre 36. D2320 Linotsing Health Centre 37. D2350 Mohobong Health Centre 38. D3201 St. Theresa RCM Health Centre/Bela-Bela 39. D3226 Kolojane Health Centre 40. F2113 Maputsoe SDA Health Centre ‘Mamohau HSA G2021 ‘Mamohau Mission Hospital 41. G1120 Motete Health Centre 42. G1141 Rampai Health Centre 43. G2030 Katse Mphorosane Health Centre 44. G2111 Ntšeli Health Centre 45. G2140 Lejone Health Centre 46. G2310 Ha Palama Health Centre Mafeteng HSA E5010 Mafeteng Govt Hospital 47. E5114 Mount Tabor Health Centre 48. E5120 Tšakholo Health Centre 49. E5130 Thabana-Morena Health Centre

205

50. E5140 Le-cop Health Centre 51. E5171 Mount Olivet Health Centre 52. E5241 Samaria Health Centre 53. E5251 Mofumahali oa Rosari 54. E5270 Thaba-Tšoeu Health Centre 55. E5280 Litšoeneng Health Centre 56. E5290 Sekameng Health Centre Maluti HSA F3023 Maluti Hospital 57. F1163 Pokane Health Centre 58. F2128 Corn Exchange 59. F2143 Pitseng (London) 60. F2153 Khabo SDA Health Centre 61. F2323 Fobane Health Centre 62. F3131 Sebetia Health Centre 63. F3143 Nokong Health Centre 64. F3160 Phororong Health Centre 65. F3163 Liotloaneng Health Centre 66. F3211 Immaculate Conception Health Centre 67. F3251 Sion Health Centre 68. F3263 Mapheleng Health Centre Mohale’s Hoek HSA H6010 Ntšekhe Govt Hospital 69. H6110 Phamong Health Centre 70. H6130 Mpharane Health Centre 71. H6151 Holy Cross Health Centre 72. H6167 Liphiring Health Centre 73. H6171 Bethel Health Centre 74. H6197 Mohalinyane Health Centre 75. H6201 Mt. Carmel Health Centre 76. H6210 Mootsinyane Health Centre 77. H6220 Lithipeng Health Centre 78. H6231 Ha Tšepo Maternity Home 79. H6240 Morifi Health Centre Mokhotlong HSA I9010 Mokhotlong Govt hospital 80. I0190 Semenanyana Health Centre 81. I9110 Libibing Health Centre 82. I9126 Mapholaneng Health Centre 83. I9131 St. James Health Centre 84. I9141 St. Martin Health Centre 85. I9151 St. Peter’s Health Centre 86. I9160 ‘Malefiloane Health Centre 87. I9170 Molikaliko Health Centre 88. I9190 Linakaneng Health Centre 89. I9200 Moeketsane Health Centre

206

Paray HSA S0011 Paray Mission Hospital S0011 Katse Hospital 90. S0112 Mohlanapeng Health Centre 91. S0121 St. Theresa Health Centre 92. S0130 Thaba-Tseka Health Centre 93. S0138 Mohlakeng Health Centre 94. S0140 Linakeng Health Centre 95. S0159 Katse Intake Clinic 96. S0240 Ha Mokoto (Litsoetse) Health Centre 97. C0150 Kolberg/Khohlontšo Health Centre 98. C2230 Seshote Health Centre Qacha’s Nek HSA K8010 Machabeng Govt Hospital 99. K8120 Sehlaba-Thebe Health Centre 100. K8131 St. Francis Health Centre 101. K8140 ‘Melikane Health Centre 102. K8151 Hermitage Health Centre 103. K8177 Rankakala Health Centre 104. K8180 Matebeng Health Centre 105. K8198 Bophelong Health Centre 106. K8200 Mohlapiso Health Centre Queen Elizabeth II HSA J4010 Q.E. II Govt Hospital J4020 Makoanyane Military Hospital J4138 Maseru Private Hospital 107. J3141 Bethany Health Centre 108. J3181 Holy Family/Maqhaka Health Centre 109. J3231 Ntloana-Tšoana Health Centre 110. J3271 Good Shepard Health Centre 111. J4030 Qoaling Filter Clinic 112. J4040 Likotsi Health Centre 113. J4058 Carewell Health Centre 114. J4118 SOS Health Centre 115. J4128 Lehlakaneng Health Centre 116. J4148 ‘Nelese Health Centre ? 117. J4191 Loretto Health Centre 118. J4227 Masianokeng Health Centre 119. J4240 Domicilliary Health Centre 120. J4256 Thaba-Bosiu Health Centre 121. J4267 L.P.P.A./FP Clinic 122. J4288 Matukeng Health Centre 123. J4331 St. Leo Health Centre 124. J4358 ‘Masechaba Health Centre 125. J4360 R.L.D.F.Health Centre 126. J4400 Khubetsoana Health Centre 127. J4410 Thamae Health Centre 128. J4433 SDA Health Centre

207

129. J4451 Paki Health Centre 130. J4458 ‘Mahlompho Health Centre 131. J4478 Tšenola/Mama Health Centre 132. J4488 Ntlo-ea-Kuena Health Centre 133. J4498 Sekamaneng Health Centre 134. J4508 Mafube Health Centre 135. J4510 Mabote Filter Clinic 136. J4528 Lebone Health Centre 137. J4538 Makhalanyane Health Centre 138. O4120 Semonkong Health Centre 139. O4420 Ha Seng Health Centre 140. O4291 St Leonard Health Centre 141. 04290 Rosym Health Centre Quthing HSA L7010 Quthing Govt Hospital 142. L7110 Tsatsane Health Centre 143. L7120 Mphaki Health Centre 144. L7131 St. Gabriel Health Centre 145. L7141 St. Matthews Health Centre 146. L7151 Villa Maria Health Centre 147. L7160 Dili-Dili Health Centre 148. L7170 Ha Makoae Health Centre 149. L7180 Maqhoko Health Centre 150. L7190 Mabuseng Health Centre Scott HSA M4032 Scott Hospital 151. M4130 Matsieng Health Centre 152. M4141 St. Rodrique Health Centre 153. M4201 St. Peters Claver Health Centre 154. M4235 St. Barnabas/Masite Health Centre 155. M4277 Mofoka Health Centre 156. M4338 Qeme Health Centre ?? 157. M5140 Malea-lea Health Centre 158. M5152 Matelile Health Centre 159. M5161 Emmaus Health Centre 160. M5191 Motsekuoa Health Centre 161. M5216 Kena Health Centre 162. M5221 ‘Masemouse Health Centre 163. M5233 Kolo Health Centre 164. M5261 St. Andrew Health Centre 165. M5272 Ribaneng Health Centre Seboche HSA N1021 Seboche Hospital 166. N1151 St. Peters Health Centre 167. N1160 Boiketsiso Health Centre 168. N1190 Khatibe/Ngoajane Health Centre 169. N1210 Qholaqhoe/Makhunoane Health Centre

208

170. N1211 Tsime Health Centre 171. N1220 Ngoajane Health Centre 172. N1230 ‘Muela Site Clinic St. James HSA P0025 St. James Mission Hospital 173. P0160 Mohale Health Centre 174. P0161 Mont-marte Health Centre 175. P0181 Auray Health Centre 176. P0220 Methalaneng Health Centre 177. P0235 Ha Lephoi Health Centre 178. P0245 Ha Mafa Village Health Post 179. P0255 Ha Popa Health Centre 180. P4115 Marakabei Health Centre 181. P4410 Likalaneng Health Centre St. Joseph HSA Q4021 St. Joseph Hospital 182. Q4161 St. Michaels Health Centre 183. Q4171 Fatima/Ramabanta Health Centre 184. Q4181 St. Bernard Health Centre 185. Q4191 Koro-Koro Health Centre 186. Q4300 Ha Tlali Health Centre 187. Q4341 St. Benedict Health Centre 188. Q4381 Nazareth Health Centre 189. Q4399 NUL Health Centre Tebellong HSA R8022 Tebellong Hospital 190. R8112 Sekake Health Centre 191. R8141 Christ the King/Sacred Heart

CODE CONSTITUENCY/LOCAL COMMUNITY COUNCIL

1 MECHACHANE B01 Makhunoane B02 Liqobong B03 Ntelle 2 HOLOLO B04 Likila 3 MOTETE B05 Kao B06 Sekhobe B07 Moteng B08 Linakeng 4 QALO B09 Tša-le-Moleka 5 BUTHA-BUTHE

209

B10 Lipelaneng 6 MALIBA-MATŠO C01 Limamarela C02 Mphorosane C03 Seshote 7 MPHOSONG C04 Matlameng C05 Pitseng 8 THABA-PHATSOA C06 Motati C07 Fenyane 9 MAHOBONG C08 Serupane C09 Malaoaneng 10 PELA-TŠOEU C10 Menkhoaneng 11 MATLAKENG C11 Maisa-Phoka 12 MOHOBOLLO C12 Sephokong 13 HLOTSE C13 Linare 14 TSIKOANE C14 Litjotjela 15 MAPUTSOE C15 Khomokhoana 16 LIKHETLANE C16 Hlepheng 17 PEKA C17 Manka 18 KOLONYAMA C18 Tsoili-tsoili 19 MOSALEMANE D01 Makeoana 20 NOKONG D02 Mapoteng 21 BELA-BELA D03 Koeneng 22 MALIMONG D04 Tebe-Tebe 23 KHAFUNG D05 Phuthiatsana 24 TEYATEYANENG D06 Maluba-lube 25 PULANE

210

D07 Motanasela 26 THUPA-KUBU D08 Senekane 27 SEQONOKA D09 Kanana MASERU MUNICIPALITY 29 Mabote 30 Motimposo 31 Stadium Area 32 Maseru 33 Qoaling 34 Lithoteng 35 Lithabaneng 36 Abia 37 THABA-BOSIU A01 Qiloane 38 MACHACHE A02 Ratau 39 THABA-PUTSOA A03 Likalaneng A04 Nyakosoba A05 Makheka 40 MAAMA A06 Manonyane 41 KORO-KORO A07 Mohlakeng 42 Qeme A08 Mazenod 43 Rothe A09 Lilala 44 Matsieng A10 Makhoarane 45 Makhalaneng A11 Makhalaneng A12 Ribaneng 46 Maletsunyane A13 Semonkong A14 Makolopetsane A15 Telle 47 Thaba-pechela E01 Metsi-Maholo 48 Kolo E02 Mamatšo 49 THABA-TSOEU E03 Mathula 50 MALIEPETSANE

211

E04 Manyake E05 Tajane 51 MATELILE E06 Ramoetsane E07 Malakeng 52 THABANA-MORENA E08 Malumeng E09 Koti-se-phola 53 LIKHOELE E10 Makholane 54 QALABANE E11 Qibing 55 MAFETENG E12 Makaota 56 TAUNG F01 Siloe 57 QHALASI F02 Mashaleng 58 MOHALE’S HOEK F03 Motjoleleng 59 Mekaling F04 Khoelenyana 60 QAQATU F05 Teke F06 Mootsinyane F07 Phamong 61 MPHARANE F08 Thaba-Mokhele 62 KETANE F09 Qobong F10 Qhobeng F11 Seroto F12 Likhutloaneng 63 HLOAHLOENG F13 Nkau F14 Qabane 64 TELE G01 Likhohlong G02 Matsatseng 65 MOYENI G03 Qomoqomong G04 Liphakoe 66 SEBAPALA G05 Ha Nkoebe G06 Tsatsane

212

67 MT MOOROSI G07 Mkhono G08 Mokotjomela 68 QHOALI G09 Mphaki G10 Seforong 69 QACHA’S NEK H01 Patlong H02 White-Hill H03 Letloepe 70 LEBAKENG H04 Maseepho H05 Matebeng H06 Mosenekeng H07 Thaba-Khube 71 TSOELIKE H08 Khomo-Phats’oa 72 MANTŠONYANE K01 ‘Malehloana K02 Mpho-Lebeko K03 Bokong 73 THABA-MOEA K04 Thaba-Kholo K05 Lesobeng 74 THABA-TSEKA K06 Thaban’a Mahlanya K07 Mohlanapeng 75 SEMENA K08 Khohlo-Ntšo K09 Bobete K10 Senotong 76 MASHAI K11 Rapoleboea K12 Monyetleng K13 Sehonghong 77 MALINGOANENG J01 Matsoku J02 Khubelu J03 Mapholaneng J04 Pae-l’a-itlhatsoa 78 SENQU J05 Popa J06 Molika-liko J07 Khalahali 79 MOKHOTLONG J08 Moremoholo

213

J09 Sakeng J10 Mateanong J11 Liphamola 80 BOBATSI J12 Rafolatsane J13 Marung J14 Linakaneng J15 Tekeseleng